EZ-ZONE PM User`s Guide

EZ-ZONE PM User`s Guide
EZ-ZONE PM
®
User’s Guide
PID Controller Models
TOTAL
CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION
3 Year Warranty
ISO 9001
Registered Company
Winona, Minnesota USA
1241 Bundy Boulevard., Winona, Minnesota USA 55987
Phone: +1 (507) 454-5300, Fax: +1 (507) 452-4507
http://www.watlow.com
0600-0058-0000 Rev. P
August 2016
Made in the U.S.A.
Safety Information
We use note, caution and warning symbols throughout this book to draw your attention to
important operational and safety information.
• A “NOTE” marks a short message to alert you to an important detail.
• A “CAUTION” safety alert appears with information that is important for protecting your
equipment and performance. Be especially careful to read and follow all cautions that
apply to your application.
• A “WARNING” safety alert appears with information that is important for protecting you,
others and equipment from damage. Pay very close attention to all warnings that apply
to your application.
• The electrical hazard symbol, Ó (a lightning bolt in a triangle) precedes an electric
shock hazard CAUTION or WARNING safety statement.
Symbol
Explanation
CAUTION – Warning or Hazard that needs further explanation than label on
unit can provide. Consult User's Guide for further information.
ESD Sensitive product, use proper grounding and handling techniques
when installing or servicing product.
Unit protected by double/reinforced insulation for shock hazard prevention.
Do not throw in trash, use proper recycling techniques or consult manufacturer for proper disposal.
Enclosure made of Polycarbonate material. Use proper recycling techniques or consult manufacturer for proper disposal.
Unit can be powered with either alternating current (ac) voltage or direct
current (dc) voltage.
Unit is a Listed device per Underwriters Laboratories®. It has been evaluated to United States and Canadian requirements for Process Control
Equipment. UL 61010 and CSA C22.2 No. 61010. File E185611 QUYX,
QUYX7. See: www.ul.com
Unit is a Listed device per Underwriters Laboratories®. It has been evaluated to United States and Canadian requirements for Hazardous Locations
Class 1 Division II Groups A, B, C and D. ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2007. File
E184390 QUZW, QUZW7. See: www.ul.com
Unit is compliant with European Union directives. See Declaration of
Conformity for further details on Directives and Standards used for
Compliance.
Unit has been reviewed and approved by Factory Mutual as a Temperature
Limit Device per FM Class 3545 standard. See: www.fmglobal.com
Unit has been reviewed and approved by CSA International for use as
Temperature Indicating-Regulating Equipment per CSA C22.2 No. 24. See:
www.csa-international.org
Unit has been reviewed and approved by ODVA for compliance with
DeviceNet communications protocol. See: www.odva.org
Unit has been reviewed and approved by ODVA for compliance with
Ethernet/IP communications protocol. See: www.odva.org
Warranty
The EZ-ZONE® PM is manufactured by ISO 9001-registered processes and is backed by a
three-year warranty to the first purchaser for use, providing that the units have not been
misapplied. Since Watlow has no control over their use, and sometimes misuse, we cannot guarantee against failure. Watlow’s obligations hereunder, at Watlow’s option, are limited to replacement, repair or refund of purchase price, and parts which upon examination
prove to be defective within the warranty period specified. This warranty does not apply to
damage resulting from transportation, alteration, misuse or abuse. The purchaser must use
Watlow parts to maintain all listed ratings.
Technical Assistance
If you encounter a problem with your Watlow controller, review your configuration information to verify that your selections are consistent with your application: inputs, outputs,
alarms, limits, etc. If the problem persists, you can get technical assistance from your local
Watlow representative (see back cover), by e-mailing your questions to [email protected] or by dialing +1 (507) 494-5656 between 7 a.m. and 5 p.m., Central Standard Time
(CST). Ask for for an Applications Engineer. Please have the following information available
when calling:
• Complete model number
• All configuration information
• User's Guide
• Factory Page
Return Material Authorization (RMA)
1. Call Watlow Customer Service, (507) 454-5300, for a Return Material Authorization (RMA)
number before returning any item for repair. If you do not know why the product failed,
contact an Application Engineer or Product Manager. All RMA’s require:
• Ship-to address
• Bill-to address
• Contact name
• Phone number
• Method of return shipment
• Your P.O. number
• Detailed description of the problem
• Any special instructions
• Name and phone number of person returning the product.
2. Prior approval and an Return Merchandise Authorization number from the Customer
Service Department is required when returning any product for credit, repair or evaluation. Make sure the Return Merchandise Authorization number is on the outside of the
carton and on all paperwork returned. Ship on a Freight Prepaid basis.
3. After we receive your return, we will examine it and try to verify the reason for returning it.
4. In cases of manufacturing defect, we will enter a repair order, replacement order or
issue credit for material returned. In cases of customer misuse, we will provide repair
costs and request a purchase order to proceed with the repair work.
5. To return products that are not defective, goods must be in new condition, in the original boxes and they must be returned within 120 days of receipt. A 20 percent restocking
charge is applied for all returned stock controls and accessories.
6. If the unit cannot be repaired, you will receive a letter of explanation and be given the
option to have the unit returned to you at your expense or to have us scrap the unit.
7. Watlow reserves the right to charge for no trouble found (NTF) returns.
This EZ-ZONE® PM User’s Guide is copyrighted by Watlow Electric, Inc., © August 2016 with
all rights reserved.
EZ-ZONE PM is covered by U.S. Patent Numbers: 6005577; D553095; D553096; D553097;
D560175; D55766; and OTHER PATENTS PENDING
TC
Table of Contents
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Chapter 1: Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Available EZ-ZONE PM Literature and Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Getting Started Quickly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A Conceptual View of the PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Events and Output Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What is a Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
6
7
8
8
9
9
9
9
Chapter 2: Install and Wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1/32 DIN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1/16 DIN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1/8 DIN (PM8) Vertical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1/8 DIN (PM8) Vertical Recommended Panel Spacing. . . . . . . . . . . .
1/8 DIN (PM9) Horizontal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1/8 DIN (PM9) Horizontal Recommended Panel Spacing . . . . . . . . .
1/4 DIN (PM4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1/4 DIN (PM4) Recommended Panel Spacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EZ-ZONE PM Isolation Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11
11
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
18
20
Chapter 3: Keys and Displays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Responding to a Displayed Message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Chapter 4: Home Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Default Home Page Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigating the EZ-ZONE® PM PID Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing the Set Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting a Profile from the Home Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifying the Display Pairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conventions Used in the Menu Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modbus RTU Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
1 •
36
37
37
38
40
41
42
42
42
Table of Contents
TC
Table of Contents (cont.)
Chapter 5: Operations Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Analog Input Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linearization Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process Value Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Input/Output Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitor Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Loop Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timer Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Profile Status Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
47
48
48
49
50
53
55
57
Chapter 6: Setup Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Analog Input Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linearization Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process Value Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Input/Output Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Loop Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timer Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Function Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Global Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communications Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Real Time Clock Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
63
66
69
70
74
81
84
89
91
93
96
98
Chapter 7: Profiling Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Profile Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Profiling Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Chapter 8: Factory Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Custom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lock Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unlock Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
111
112
114
115
116
Chapter 9: Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Changing PM Integrated Model Number to PM Express. . . . . . . . . . . 121
Saving and Restoring Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Programming the Home Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
2 •
Table of Contents
TC
Table of Contents (cont.)
Tuning the PID Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Autotune. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Manual Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Autotuning with TRU‑TUNE+® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Calibration Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Filter Time Constant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Sensor Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Set Point Minimum and Maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Scale High and Scale Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Range High and Range Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Ten Point Linearization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
NO-ARC Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Cool Output Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Control Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Output Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Auto (closed loop) and Manual (open loop) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
On-Off Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Proportional and (P) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Proportional and Integral (PI) Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Dead Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Variable Time Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Single Set Point Ramping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Timer Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Setting Up the Timer Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Process and Deviation Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Set Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Hysteresis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Latching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Silencing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Blocking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
3 •
Table of Contents
TC
Table of Contents (cont.)
Open Loop Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Using Lockout and Password Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Using Lockout Method 2 (Password Enable). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Modbus - Using Programmable Memory Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Software Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Using EZ-ZONE Configurator Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Chapter 10: Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Troubleshooting Alarms, Errors and Control Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modbus - Programmable Memory Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ordering Information for PID Controller Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Reach Us. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
4 •
151
157
160
166
168
Table of Contents
1
Chapter 1: Overview
Available EZ-ZONE PM Literature and Resources
Document Title and Part Number
EZ-ZONE PM Integrated PID
Controller User's Guide, part
number: 0600-0059-0000
EZ-ZONE PM Limit (PML) User's
Guide, part number: 06000057-0000
EZ-ZONE Remote User Interface
(RUI) User's Guide, part number: 0600-0060-0000
EZ-ZONE PM Specification
Sheet, part number: winezpm0516
Watlow Support Tools DVD,
part number: 0601-0001-0000
Description
Describes how to connect and use an advanced PID loop
controller. This particular model can be ordered with
two loops of PID control and integrated limit controller
with up to 4 outputs. Like all PM controllers, it comes
with Standard Bus communications while also offering
as an option many of the most popular industrial protocols available today.
This document describes how to protect against unwanted thermal runaway and over temperature conditions through proper configuration, programming. Like
all PM controllers, it comes with Standard Bus communications. As an additional option, it can also be ordered
with various fieldbus communications protocols.
The RUI provides a visual remote LED display for the
PM/RM configuration and setup menus. This document
illustrates and describes connections and also describes
the Home Page for each EZ-ZONE device as viewed from
the RUI.
Describes the PM family hardware options, features,
benefits and technical specifications.
Contains all related user documents, tutorial videos, application notes, utility tools, etc...
The DVD described above ships with the product and as stated contains all of the literature
above as well as much more. If the DVD is not available one can be acquired by contacting
Watlow Customer Service at 1-507-454-5300.
As an alternative to the DVD, all of the user documentation described above can also be
found on the Watlow website. Click on the following link to find your document of choice:
http://www.watlow.com/literature/index.cfm. Once there, simply type in the desired part
number (or name) into the search box and download free copies. Printed versions of all user
documents can also be purchased here as well.
Your Comments are Appreciated
In an effort to continually improve our technical literature and ensure that we are providing
information that is useful to you, we would very much appreciate your comments and suggestions. Please send any comments you may have to the following e-mail address:
[email protected]
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
5
•
Chapter 1 Over view
Introduction
The EZ-ZONE® PM takes the pain out of solving your thermal loop requirements. Watlow’s
EZ-ZONE PM controllers offer options to reduce system complexity and the cost of control
loop ownership. You can order the EZ-ZONE PM as a PID controller or an over-under limit
controller, or you can combine both functions in the PM Integrated Controller. You now have
the option to integrate a high-amperage power controller output, an over-under limit controller and a high-performance PID controller all in space saving, panel-mount packages. You
can also select from a number of industrial serial communications options to help you manage system performance.
Standard Features and Benefits
Advanced PID Control Algorithm
• TRU-TUNE+® Adaptive tune provides tighter control for demanding applications.
• Auto Tune for fast, efficient start ups
High-amperage Power Control Output
•
•
•
•
Drives 15 amp resistive loads directly
Reduces component count
Saves panel space and simplifies wiring
Reduces the cost of ownership
EZ-ZONE configuration communications and software
• Saves time and improves the reliability of controller set up
Parameter Save & Restore Memory
• Reduces service calls and down time
Agency approvals: UL Listed, CSA, CE, RoHS, W.E.E.E. FM
• Assures prompt product acceptance
• Reduces end product documentation costs
• Semi F47-0200
P3T Armor Sealing System
• NEMA 4X and IP65 offers water and dust resistance, can be cleaned and washed down (indoor use only)
• Backed up by UL 50 independent certification to NEMA 4X specification
Three-year warranty
• Demonstrates Watlow’s reliability and product support
Touch-safe Package
• IP2X increased safety for installers and operators
Removable cage clamp wiring connectors
• Reliable wiring, reduced service calls
• Simplified installation
EZ-Key/s
• Programmable EZ-Key enables simple one-touch operation of repetitive user activities
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
6
•
Chapter 1 Over view
Programmable Menu System
• Reduces set up time and increases operator efficiency
Full-featured Alarms
• Improves operator recognition of system faults
• Control of auxiliary devices
Heat-Cool Operation
• Provides application flexibility with accurate temperature and process control
Profile Capability
• Pre-programmed process control
• Ramp and soak programming with four files and 40 total steps
Getting Started Quickly
The PM control has a page and menu structure that is listed below along with a brief description of its purpose.
Setup Page
Push and hold the up and down keys
(¿ ¯) for 6 seconds to enter. (See the
Setup Page for further information)
Operations Page
Press and hold the up and down keys (¿
¯) for 3 seconds to enter. (See the Operations Page for further information)
Once received, a user would want to setup
their control prior to operation. As an example,
define the input type and set the output cycle
time.
After setting up the control to reflect your
equipment, the Operations Page would be used
to monitor or change runtime settings. As an
example, the user may want to see how much
time is left in a profile step or perhaps change
the high set point of the limit.
Factory Page
For the most part the Factory Page has no
Press and hold the Infinity and the green bearing on the control when running. A user
may want to enable password protection, view
Advance Keys (ˆ ‰) for 6 seconds to
enter. (See the Factory Page for further the control part number or perhaps create a
custom Home Page.
information)
Home Page
The control is at the Home Page when
initially powered up.
Pushing the green Advance Key ‰ will allow
the user to see and change such parameters as
the control mode, enable autotune and idle set
point, to name a few.
Profile Page
If equipped with this feature a user would want
Press and hold the green Advance Key ‰ to go here to configure a profile.
for 6 seconds to enter. (See the Profile
Page for further information)
The default PM loop configuration from the factory is shown below:
•Analog Input functions set to thermocouple, type J
•Heat algorithm set for PID, Cool set to off
•Output 1 set to Heat
•Control mode set to Auto
•Set point set to 75 °F
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
7
•
Chapter 1 Over view
If you are using the input type shown above, simply connect your input and output devices
to the control. Power up the control and push the up arrow ¿ on the face of the control to
change the set point from the default value of 75°F to the desired value. As the Set Point
increases above the Process Value, output 1 will come on and it will now begin driving your
output device. The PV function as shown in the graphic below is only available with PM4/8/9
models.
Note:
The output cycle time will have a bearing on the life of mechanical relay outputs and can
be different based on the type of output ordered. The output cycle time can be changed
in the Setup Page under the Output Menu.
EZ-ZONE PM Default Configuration
Input
Function
Input Sensor
Process
Value
Analog Input 1
Thermocouple Type J
PID
Controller
Heat
(PV)
Function
Output
Function
Output 1
Heat
Loop 1
Off
A Conceptual View of the PM
The flexibility of the PM’s software and hardware allows a large range of configurations. Acquiring a better understanding of the controller’s overall functionality and capabilities while
at the same time planning out how the controller can be used will deliver maximum effectiveness in your application.
It is useful to think of the controller in three parts: inputs; procedures; and outputs. Information flows from an input to a procedure to an output when the controller is properly
configured. A single PM controller can carry out several procedures at the same time, for
instance closed-loop control, monitoring for several different alarm situations and operating
switched devices, such as lights and motors. Each process needs to be thought out carefully
and the controller’s inputs, procedures and outputs set up properly.
Inputs
The inputs provide the information that any given programmed procedure can act upon. In a
simple form, this information may come from an operator pushing a button or from a sensor
monitoring the temperature of a part being heated or cooled.
Each analog input typically uses a thermocouple or RTD to read the process temperature. It
can also read volts, current or resistance, allowing it to use various devices to read a wide
array of values.
A PM with digital input/output (DIO) hardware includes two sets of terminals where each of
which can be used as either an input or an output. Each pair of terminals must be configured
to function as either an input or output with the direction parameter in the Digital Input/
Output Menu (Setup Page). Each digital input reads whether a device is active or inactive.
The Function or EZ Key/s (PM4/6/8/9 only) on the front panel of the PM also operates as a
digital input by toggling the function assigned to it in the Digital Input Function parameter in
the Function Key Menu (Setup Page).
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
8
•
Chapter 1 Over view
Internal Functions
The controller will use input signals to calculate a value and then perform an operation. A
sample of some functions may be as simple as:
•Compare an input value to the set point and calculate the optimal power for a heater
•Detect a failure of the primary sensing device and trip a contactor to remove power from
the heating element
•Reading a digital input to set a state to true or false
•Evaluate an incoming temperature to determine an alarm state (on or off)
To set up a function, it’s important to define the source, or instance, to use. For example, if
the control is equipped with DIO they can be configured to respond to an alarm. If configured
as such, the digital output must be tied to the desired alarm instance (1 to 4). Using this as
an example, the Function for the digital output would be defined as an Alarm where the Instance would be selected as 1, 2, 3, or 4 corresponding to the alarm instance that will drive
the output.
Keep in mind that a function is a user-programmed internal process that does not execute
any action outside of the controller. To have any effect outside of the controller, an output
must be configured to respond to a function..
Outputs
Outputs can perform various functions or actions in response to information provided by a
function such as, removal of the control voltage to a contactor; operating a heater, turning a
light on or off, unlocking a door, etc...
Assign a Function to any available output on the Setup Page within the Output Menu or Digital Input/Output Menu. Then select which instance of that function will drive the selected
output. For example, you might assign an output to respond to alarm 4 (instance 4).
You can assign more than one output to respond to a single instance of a function. For example, alarm 2 could be used to trigger a light connected to output 1 and a siren connected
to digital output 5.
Input Events and Output Events
Input and output events are internal states that are used exclusively by profiles. The source
of an event input can come from a real-world digital input or an output from another function. Likewise, event outputs may control a physical output such as an output function block
or be used as an input to another function.
What is a Profile
A profile is a set of instructions consisting of a sequence of steps. When a profile runs, the
controller automatically executes its steps in sequence. The step type determines what action the controller performs. Steps can change temperatures and other process values gradually over time, maintain the temperatures and process values for specific periods, or repeat
a sequence of steps numerous times. At each step the profile can activate or deactivate
outputs that control other equipment. Also a step can have the controller wait for specific
conditions before proceeding such as, waiting for a switch closure and/or a specific process
value to be detected by a sensor.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
9
•
Chapter 1 Over view
EZ-ZONE® PM PID Model System Diagram
Universal Sensor Input, Configuration Communications,
Red/Green 7-Segment Display
Output
Functions
Input
Functions
Input sensor
None
Profile start/stop
Profile start
Profile hold/resume
Profile disable
TRU-TUNE+® disable
Control outputs off
Manual/auto mode
Tune
Idle set point
Force alarm
Loop & alarms off
Silence alarm
Alarm reset
Lock keypad
Restore user settings
Network
remote user interface,
personal computer,
programmable logic
controller, humanmachine interface
Analog Input 1
none, Thermocouple, RTD (100Ω,
1kΩ), Thermister 5kΩ, 10kΩ, 20kΩ,
40kΩ) Process (V, mV, mA) or 1k
Potentiometer
PID
Controller
Board
Slot A
ramp-soak
with 4 files
(optional)
Output 1 none, switched dc/open collector, form C mechanical (5 A) relay, form A
solid-state (0.5 A) relay, process (V, mA)
off, heat, cool,
duplex, alarm,
retransmit,
event
Output 2 none, switched dc, NO-ARC
power control (15 A), form A mechanical
(5 A) or Solid-State Relay (0.5 A)
off, heat, cool,
alarm, event
Digital Input (or Output) 5 & 6
(optional) none, switch, volts dc
EZ Key/s (PM4,6,8 and 9 only)
programmable event
Supervisory
&
Power
Board
Slot C
off, heat, cool,
alarm, event
Digital Output (or Input) 5 & 6
(optional) none, switched dc
EIA 485 Communications
Standard Bus, Modbus RTU (optional)
Output Status
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
10
•
1
2
3
4
5
6
Zone
Address
Indicates Zone
Address
Indicates I/O
Status
Chapter 1 Over view
2
Chapter 2: Install and Wire
Dimensions
1/32 DIN
15.9 mm
0.63 in
53.3 mm
2.10 in
101.6 mm
4.00 in
31.2 mm
1.23 in
30.9 mm
1.22 in
Side
Front
Top
44.96 to 45.47 mm
(1.77 to 1.79 inches)
Recommended panel spacing
22.2 to 22.5 mm
(0.87 to0.89 inches)
panel thickness 1.53 to 9.52 mm
(0.060 to 0.375)
21.6 mm
(0.85 in)
Minimum
21.6 mm
(0.85 in)
Minimum
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
11
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
1/16 DIN
15.8 mm
(0.62 in)
101.6 mm
(4.00 in)
53.3 mm
(2.10 in)
53.3 mm
(2.10 in)
Side
Front
51.2 mm
(2.02 in)
Top
L1
L3
K1
K3
99
J1
J3
CF
98
L2
L4
CD
K2
K4
CE
T1
T2
B5
S1
S2
D6
R1
R2
D5
Back
44.96 to 45.47 mm
(1.77 to 1.79 inches)
44.96 to 45.47 mm
(1.77 to 1.79 inches)
panel thickness 1.53 to 9.52 mm
(0.060 to 0.375)
21.6 mm
(0.85 in)
Minimum
21.6 mm
(0.85 in)
Minimum
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
12
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
1/8 DIN (PM8) Vertical
15.75 mm
(0.62 in)
1.52 mm
(0.06 in)
53.34 mm
(2.10 in)
100.33 mm
(3.95 in)
10.16 mm
(0.40 in)
30.73 mm
(1.21 in)
54.86 mm
(2.16 in)
101.60 mm
(4.00 in)
1/8 DIN (PM8) Vertical Recommended Panel Spacing
44.96 to 45.60 mm
(1.77 to 1.79 inches)
92.00 to 92.80 mm
(3.62 to 3.65 inches)
Panel thickness (0.060 in) 1.53 mm
to (0.375 in) 9.52 mm
21.6 mm
(0.85 in)
Minimum
21.6 mm
(0.85 in)
Minimum
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
13
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
1/8 DIN (PM9) Horizontal
15.75 mm
(0.62 in)
1.52 mm
(0.06 in)
100.33 mm
(3.95 in)
54.86 mm
(2.16 in)
53.34 mm
(2.10 in)
10.16 mm
(0.40 in)
30.73 mm
(1.21 in)
101.60 mm
(4.00 in)
1/8 DIN (PM9) Horizontal Recommended Panel Spacing
92.00 to 92.80 mm
(3.62 to 3.65 inches)
44.96 to 45.60 mm
(1.77 to 1.79 inches)
Panel thickness (0.060 in) 1.53 mm
to (0.375 in) 9.52 mm
21.6 mm
(0.85 in)
Minimum
21.6 mm
(0.85 in)
Minimum
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
14
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
1/4 DIN (PM4)
15.75 mm
(0.62 in)
1.52 mm
(0.06 in)
100.33 mm
(3.95 in)
100.33 mm
(3.95 in)
12.70 mm
(0.50 in)
30.73 mm
(1.21 in)
100.84 mm
(3.97 in)
1/4 DIN (PM4) Recommended Panel Spacing
92.0 to 93.0 mm
(3.62 to 3.65 inches)
92.0 to 93.0 mm
(3.62 to 3.65 inches)
21.6 mm
(0.85 inches)
Minimum
Panel thickness .060 (1.53) to .375 (9.52)
21.6 mm
(0.85 inches)
Minimum
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
15
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Installation
1.Make the panel cutout using the mounting template dimensions in this chapter. Insert the
case assembly into the panel cutout.
panel
bezel
retention collar
2. While pressing the case assembly firmly
gasket
against the panel, slide the mounting collar
case
over the back of the controller.
Note:
If the installation does not require a NEMA 4X
seal, simply slide together until the gasket is
compressed.
3. For a NEMA 4X (UL50, IP65) seal, alternately
place and push the blade of a screwdriver
against each of the four corners of the mounting collar assembly. Apply pressure to the face
of the controller while pushing with the screwdriver. Don't be afraid to apply enough
pressure to properly install the controller. The seal system is compressed more by mating
the mounting collar tighter to the front panel (see pictures above). If you can move the
case assembly back and forth in the cutout, you do not have a proper seal.
Slide the mounting collar over the back of the
controller.
Place the blade of a
screwdriver in the notch
of the mounting collar
assembly.
The tabs on each side of the mounting collar have teeth that latch into the ridges on the
sides of the controller. Each tooth is staggered at a different depth from the front so that
only one of the tabs, on each side, is locked onto the ridges at a time.
Note:
There is a graduated measurement difference between the upper and lower half of the
display to the panel. In order to meet the seal requirements mentioned above, ensure
that the distance from the front of the top half of the display to the panel is 16 mm
(0.630 in.) or less, and the distance from the front of the bottom half and the panel is
13.3 mm (0.525 in.) or less.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
16
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Removing the Mounted Controller from Its Case
1. From the controller's face, pull out the tabs on each side until you hear it click.
Pull out the tab on
each side until you
hear it click.
Grab the unit above
and below the face and
pull forward.
2. On a PM6 control once the sides are released grab the unit above and below the face with
two hands and pull the unit out. On the PM4/8/9 controls slide a screwdriver under the
pry tabs and turn.
WARNING! ç
•This equipment is suitable for use in class 1, div. 2, Groups A, B, C and D or Non-Hazardous
locations only. Temperature Code T4A.
•WARNING – EXPLOSION HAZARD. Substitution of component may impair suitability for class 1,
div. 2.
•WARNING – EXPLOSION HAZARD. Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been
switched off or the area is known to be nonhazardous.
Returning the Controller to its Case
1.Ensure that the orientation of the controller is correct and slide it back into the housing.
Note:
The controller is keyed so if it feels that it will not slide back in do not force it. Check the
orientation again and reinsert after correcting.
2.Using your thumbs push on either side of the controller until both latches click.
Chemical Compatibility
This product is compatible with acids, weak alkalis, alcohols, gamma radiation and ultraviolet radiation. This product is not compatible with strong alkalis, organic solvents, fuels,
aromatic hydrocarbons, chlorinated hydrocarbons, esters and keytones.
WARNING! ç
All electrical power to the controller and controlled circuits must be disconnected before
removing the controller from the front panel or disconnecting other wiring. Failure to follow
these instructions may cause an electrical shock and/or sparks that could cause an explosion
in class 1, div. 2 hazardous locations.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
17
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Wiring
Terminal Definitions for Slots A
Slot A
Terminal Function
Universal, RTD and Thermistor Inputs
Inputs
T1
S1
R1
S2 (RTD) or current +
S3 (RTD), thermocouple -, current -, potentiometer wiper, thermistor or volts S1 (RTD), thermocouple +, volts +, potentiometer or thermistor
Output 1: PM _ _ _ [C] _-_ AAAA _ _
common (Any switched dc output can use this
common.)
dc- (open collector)
dc+
W1
Y1
Input 1: all configurations
Switched dc/open collector
Output
1
2
X1
Configuration
Switched dc
Output 2: PM _ _ _ _ [C]-_ AAAA _ _
W2 dcY2 dc+
Universal Process
F1
G1
H1
Output 1: PM _ _ _ [F] _-_ AAAA _ _
voltage or current voltage +
current +
Mechanical Relay 5 A, Form C
L1
K1
J1
Output 1: PM _ _ _ [E] _-_ AAAA _ _
normally open
common
normally closed
NO-ARC 15 A, Form A
L2
K2
normally open
common
L2
K2
normally open
common
Output 2: PM[4, 6, 8, 9] _ _ _ [H]-_ AAAA _ _
Mechanical Relay 5 A, Form A
Output 2: PM _ _ _ _ [J]-_ AAAA _ _
Solid-State Relay 0.5 A, Form A
L1
K1
L2
K2
Output 1: PM _ _ _ [K] _-_ AAAA _ _
Output 2: PM _ _ _ _ [K]-_ AAAA _ _
normally open
common
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
18
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Terminal Definitions for Slot C
Slot C
Terminal Function
Configuration
Power
98
99
Power input: ac or dc+
Power input: ac or dc-
all
Standard Bus
CF
CD
CE
Standard Bus EIA-485 common
Standard Bus EIA-485 T-/RStandard Bus EIA-485 T+/R+
PM _ _ _ _ _-[A] AAAA _ _
Standard Bus or Modbus EIA-485
CC
CA
CB
Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 common PM _ _ _ _ _-[1] AAAA _ _
Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 T-/RStandard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 T+/R+
Digital Input/Output
B5
D6
D5
Digital input-output common
Digital input or output 6
Digital input or output 5
PM _ _ [2]_ _-_ AAAA _ _
PM _ _ [4] _ _-_ AAAA _ _
Slot Orientation - Back View
C
B
Power
Power
Input 1
A
Input 1
Input 1
Output 2
A
Output 2
Output 2
C
Output 1
Output 1
Dig I/O 5 & 6
Dig I/O 5 & 6 485 Comms
485 Comms
Output 1
Power
1/8 DIN - Vertical (PM8)
1/16 DIN - (PM6)
A
C
E
Dig I/O 5 & 6 485 Comms
1/32 DIN - (PM3)
C
1/8 DIN - Horizontal (PM9)
Output 4
Output 2
Output 3
Output 1
Power
E
D
B
Input 1
Input 2
A
B
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
19
•
B
D
E
C
Dig I/O 5 & 6 485 Comms
Input 1
D
Dig I/O 5 & 6 485 Comms
Communications Card
Output 2
Digital I/O 7 - 12
Output 1
A
Power
1/4 DIN - (PM4)
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
EZ-ZONE PM Isolation Blocks
Digital Inputs & Outputs
5-6
No Isolation
Switched DC, Open Collector,
Process outputs
No Isolation
Analog Input 1
Safety Isolation
Safety Isolation
Controller Power Supply
12 to 40VÎ (dc)
20 to 28VÅ (ac)
100 to 240VÅ (ac)
No Isolation
Controller
Low Voltage Power Bus
Note:
Mechanical Relay,
Solid-State Relay,
NO-ARC Relay
Outputs
Analog Input 1 can be optionally ordered as
an isolated input (see ordering information
in the back of this User’s Guide).
Safety Isolation
Low-voltage
Isolation
Communications Ports
Low-voltage Isolation: 42V peak
Safety Isolation: 2300VÅ (ac)
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
20
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between analog input 1, digital
input-outputs, switched dc/open
collector outputs and process
outputs to prevent ground loops.
Note:
This equipment is suitable for
use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2,
Groups A, B, C and D or NonHazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4A
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Dry contact
closure Digital Inputs shall not be
used in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations unless switch used
is approved for this application.
Low Power PM_ _ [3,4] _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
• Minimum/Maximum Ratings
Slot C
power
98
power
99
fuse
• 12 to 40VÎ (dc)
• 20 to 28VÅ (ac) Semi Sig F47
• 47 to 63 Hz
• 14VA maximum power consumption (PM4, 8
and 9)
• 10VA maximum power consumption (PM6)
CF
CD
CE
B5
D6
D5
Power
High Power PM_ _ [1,2] _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
• Minimum/Maximum Ratings
• 85 to 264VÅ (ac)
• 100 to 240VÅ (ac) Semi Sig F47
• 47 to 63 Hz
• 14VA maximum power consumption (PM4,8
and 9)
• 10VA maximum power consumption (PM3
and 6)
Slot C
98
99
power
power
fuse
CF
CD
CE
B5
D6
D5
Power
Digital Input 5, 6 Digital Input
• Update rate 10 Hz
• Dry contact or dc
voltage
Slot C
98
99
CF
DC Voltage
• Input not to exceed 36VÎ (dc) at
3mA
• Input active when
> 3VÎ (dc) @ 0.25
mA
• Input inactive
when < 2V
CD
CE
common
B5
DC Input
D6
DC Input
D5
ç
Warning:
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Dry Contact
• Input inactive
when > 500Ω
• Input active when
< 100Ω
• Maximum short
circuit 13mA
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
PM _ _ [2,4] _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
•
21
•
Voltage Input
common
B_
Vdc
D_
Dry Contact
B_
common
D_
24 Vdc
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between analog input 1, digital
input-outputs, switched dc/open
collector outputs and process
outputs to prevent ground loops.
Note:
This equipment is suitable for
use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2,
Groups A, B, C and D or NonHazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4A
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Dry contact
closure Digital Inputs shall not be
used in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations unless switch used
is approved for this application.
Input 1 Thermocouple • 2kΩ maximum source resistance
• >20MΩ input impedance
• 3µA open-sensor detection
• Thermocouples are polarity sensitive.
The negative lead (usually red) must be
connected to S1.
• To reduce errors, the extension wire for
thermocouples must be of the same alloy
as the thermocouple.
Slot A
-
S1
+
R1
Input 1 RTD PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ A A A A _ _
2 Wire
3 Wire
Slot A
Slot A
S2
T1
S3
S1
S3
S1
S1
R1
S1
R1
Input 1 Process • Platinum, 100 and 1kΩ @
0°C
• Calibration to DIN curve
(0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C)
• 20Ω total lead resistance
• RTD excitation current of
0.09mA typical. Each ohm
of lead resistance may affect the reading by 0.03°C.
• For 3-wire RTDs, the S1 lead
(usually white) must be connected to R1.
• For best accuracy use a
3-wire RTD to compensate
for lead-length resistance.
All three lead wires must
have the same resistance.
PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ A A A A _ _
Volts
Amperes
Slot A
Slot A
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ A A A A _ _
+ T1
-
- S1
• 0 to 20mA @ 100Ω input
impedance
• 0 to 10VÎ (dc) @ 20kΩ input impedance
• 0 to 50mVÎ (dc) @ 20kΩ input impedance
• Scalable
S1
+ R1
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
22
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between digital input-outputs,
switched dc/open collector
outputs and process outputs to
prevent ground loops.
Note:
This equipment is suitable for
use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2,
Groups A, B, C and D or NonHazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4
Input 1 Potentiometer Slot A
CW
CCW
PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ A A A A _ _
• Use a 1kΩ potentiometer.
S1
R1
Input 1 Thermistor Slot A
PM _ [J,N,E*] _ _ _ - _ A A A A _ _
• >20MΩ input impedance
• 3µA open-sensor detection
*PM4,8 & 9 only
S1
R1
Digital Output 5, 6 Slot C
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
Quencharc Note:
Switching pilot duty inductive
loads (relay coils, solenoids,
etc.) with the mechanical relay,
solid state relay or open collector
output options requires use of an
R.C. suppressor.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PMI Controller
98
99
CF
CD
CE
B5
D6
D5
PM _ _ [2,4] _ _ - _ A A A A _ _
Digital Output
• SSR drive signal
• Update rate 10 Hz
switched dc outputs
• Maximum open
circuit voltage is
D5
22 to 25VÎ (dc)
24VÎ (dc)
• PNP transistor
D6
source
B5
• Typical drive;
Internal Circuitry
21mA @ 4.5V for
DO5, and 11mA @
4.5V for DO6
• Current limit
Note:
24mA for Output
See output curves be5 and 12mA Outlow.
put 6
• Output 5 capable
of driving one
3-pole DIN-A-MITE
• Output 6 capable
of driving one
1-pole DIN-A-MITE
• 23 • Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Volts mA 25.0 20.0 15.0 10.0 0 70 140 210 280 350 420 490 560 630 700 770 840 910 980 1050 1120 1190 1260 1330 1400 1470 1540 1610 1680 1750 1820 1890 1960 2030 2100 2170 2240 2310 2380 2450 2520 2590 2660 2730 2800 2870 2940 3100 3800 4500 5200 5900 6600 7300 8000 5.0 0.0 Resistance in Ohms DO6 Output Curve Volt mA 25.0 20.0 15.0 10.0 5.0 0 70 140 210 280 350 420 490 560 630 700 770 840 910 980 1050 1120 1190 1260 1330 1400 1470 1540 1610 1680 1750 1820 1890 1960 2030 2100 2170 2240 2310 2380 2450 2520 2590 2660 2730 2800 2870 2940 3100 3800 4500 5200 5900 6600 7300 8000 Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between digital input-outputs,
switched dc/open collector
outputs and process outputs to
prevent ground loops.
Note:
This equipment is suitable for
use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2,
Groups A, B, C and D or NonHazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4
DO5 Output Curve 0.0 Resistance in Ohms Switched DC Wiring Example Using DO 5 and 6
switched dc outputs
D5
24VÎ (dc)
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
Htr 1
Htr 2
D6
B5
Internal Circuitry
+
+
-
DC80-60C0-0000
Quencharc Note:
Switching pilot duty inductive
loads (relay coils, solenoids,
etc.) with the mechanical relay,
solid state relay or open collector
output options requires use of an
R.C. suppressor.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PMI Controller
• 24 • Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Output 1 Switched DC/Open Collector
common
dc - (open collector)
dc +
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between digital input-outputs,
switched dc/open collector
outputs and process outputs to
prevent ground loops.
Note:
This equipment is suitable for
use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2,
Groups A, B, C and D or NonHazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
Quencharc Note:
Switching pilot duty inductive
loads (relay coils, solenoids,
etc.) with the mechanical relay,
solid state relay or open collector
output options requires use of an
R.C. suppressor.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PMI Controller
Slot A
X1
W1
Y1
Switched DC
• Maximum open circuit
voltage is 22 to 25VÎ
(dc)
• 30mA max. per single
output / 40mA max. total per paired outputs (1
& 2)
• Typical drive; 4.5VÎ (dc)
@ 30mA
• Short circuit limited to
<50mA
• NPN transistor sink
• Use dc- and dc+ to drive
external solid-state relay
• 1-pole DIN-A-MITE: up to
4 in parallel or 4 in series
• 2-pole DIN-A-MITE: up to
2 in parallel or 2 in series
• 3-pole DIN-A-MITE: up to
2 in series
Switched DC
Limit Control
Contacts
(If Required)
L2
L1
Heater
Semiconductor
Fuse
Switched DC
1
2
4
3
X1 common
W1
dc -
24VDC
Y1
dc +
Open Collector
Power Supply
X1
W1
24V
common
dc Load
Y1
Open Collector
• 100mA maximum output
current sink
• 30VÎ (dc) max. supply
voltage
• Any switched dc output
can use the common
terminal.
• Use an external power
supply to control a dc
load, with the load positive to the positive of
the power supply, the
load negative to the
open collector and common to the power sup-
ply negative.
See Quencharc note.
• 25 • Chapter 2 Install and Wire
SSR-240-25A-DC1
Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between digital input-outputs,
switched dc/open collector
outputs and process outputs to
prevent ground loops.
Note:
This equipment is suitable for
use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2,
Groups A, B, C and D or NonHazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Output 1 Mechanical Relay, Form C
normally open
common
normally closed
Slot A
L1
K1
J1
• 5A at 240VÅ (ac)
or 30VÎ (dc) maximum resistive load
• 20mA at 24V minimum load
• 125 VA pilot duty
at 120/240VÅ (ac),
25 VA at 24VÅ (ac)
• 100,000 cycles at
rated load
• Output does not
supply power.
• For use with ac or
dc
See Quencharc note.
PM _ _ _ [E] _-_ A A
AA_ _
L1
normally open
K1
common
J1
normally closed
Output 1 Universal Process
Slot A
volts or current -
F1
volts +
G1
current +
H1
Universal Process
(Output 1)
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
• 0 to 20mA into
800Ω maximum
load
• 0 to 10VÎ (dc) into
1kΩ minimum load
• Scalable
• Output supplies
power
• Cannot use voltage
and current outputs at same time
• Output may be
used as retransmit
or control.
PM _ _ _ [F] _-_ A A
AA_ _
F1
negative
0 to 10 V
4 to 20 mA
G1
volts +
H1
current +
Quencharc Note:
Switching pilot duty inductive
loads (relay coils, solenoids,
etc.) with the mechanical relay,
solid state relay or open collector
output options requires use of an
R.C. suppressor.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PMI Controller
• 26 • Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
Output 1 Solid-State Relay, Form A
L1
common
K1
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between digital input-outputs,
switched dc/open collector
outputs and process outputs to
prevent ground loops.
Note:
This equipment is suitable for
use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2,
Groups A, B, C and D or NonHazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4
K1
1 Amp SSR Derating Curve
1.1
1
0.9
Amps RMS
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
Ambient Temperature (oC)
50
60
70
Output 2 NO-ARC Relay, Form A
Slot A
ç
Warning:
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
L1
Safe Operating Area
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
• 0.5A at 20 to 264VÅ
(ac) maximum resistive
load
• 20VA 120/240VÅ (ac)
pilot duty
• Opto-isolated, without
contact suppression
• Maximum off state
leakage of 105µA
• Minimum holding current of 10mA
• Output does not supply
power
• Do not use on dc loads.
• See Quencharc note.
PM _ _ _ [K] _-_ A A A A
__
Slot A
normally open
normally open
common
Quencharc Note:
Switching pilot duty inductive
loads (relay coils, solenoids,
etc.) with the mechanical relay,
solid state relay or open collector
output options requires use of an
R.C. suppressor.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PMI Controller
L2
K2
• 15A at 85 to 264VÅ (ac) resistive load only
• 2,000,000 cycle rating for
NO-ARC circuit
• 100mA minimum load
• 2mA maximum off state
leakage
• Do not use on dc loads.
• Output does not supply
power.
PM [4, 6, 8, 9] _ _ _ [H]-_ A A
AA_ _
• 27 • L2
K2
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
Slot A
normally open
common
L2
K2
• 5A at 240VÅ (ac) or
30VÎ (dc) maximum resistive load
• 20mA at 24V minimum
load
• 125VA pilot duty @
120/240VÅ (ac), 25 VA
at 24VÅ (ac)
• 100,000 cycles at rated
load
• Output does not supply
power.
• For use with ac or dc
See Quencharc note.
PM _ _ _ _ [J]-_ AAAA _ _
L2
K2
Output 2 Switched DC
Slot A
dcdc+
W2
Y2
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Dry contact
closure Digital Inputs shall not be
used in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations unless switch used
is approved for this application.
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
• Maximum open circuit
voltage is 22 to 25VÎ
(dc)
• 30mA max. per single
output / 40mA max.
total per paired outputs (1 & 2)
• Typical drive; 4.5VDC
@ 30mA
• Short circuit limited to
<50mA
• NPN transistor sink
• Use dc- and dc+ to
drive external solidstate relay
• 1-pole DIN-A-MITE: up
to 4 in parallel or 4 in
series
• 2-pole DIN-A-MITE: up
to 2 in parallel or 2 in
series
• 3-pole DIN-A-MITE: up
to 2 in series
PM _ _ _ _ [C]-_ A A AA
__
•
28
•
Limit Control
Contacts
(If Required)
Heater
L2
L1
Semiconductor
Fuse
1(–) (+)2
4(–) (+)3
Switched DC
X2 common
W2
dc -
(-)
(+)
24VDC
Y2
dc +
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
SSR-240-25A-DC1
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between analog input 1, digital
input-outputs, switched dc/open
collector outputs and process
outputs to prevent ground loops.
Note:
This equipment is suitable for
use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2,
Groups A, B, C and D or NonHazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4A
Output 2 Mechanical Relay, Form A
Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
Output 2 Solid-State Relay, Form A
K1
J1
normally open
L2
common
K2
T1
S1
R1
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between analog input 1, digital
input-outputs, switched dc/open
collector outputs and process
outputs to prevent ground loops.
Note:
This equipment is suitable for
use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2,
Groups A, B, C and D or NonHazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4A
L2
K2
1 Amp SSR Derating Curve
1.1
1
0.9
Amps RMS
0.8
Safe Operating Area
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Dry contact
closure Digital Inputs shall not be
used in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations unless switch used
is approved for this application.
• 0.5A at 20 to 264VÅ
(ac) maximum resistive
load
• 20VA 120/240VÅ (ac) pilot duty
• Opto-isolated, without
contact suppression
• Maximum off state
leakage of 105µA
• Minimum holding current of 10mA
• Output does not supply
power.
• Do not use on dc loads.
See Quencharc note.
PM _ _ _ _ [K]-_ A A A A
__
Slot A
L1
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
-20
0
-10
10
20
30
40
o
Ambient Temperature ( C)
50
60
70
Quencharc Wiring Example
In this example the Quencharc
circuit (Watlow part# 0804ç
Warning:
0147-0000) is used to protect
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitPM internal circuitry from
ability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
the counter electromagnetic
force from the inductive user
Warning: ç
load when de-engergized. It is
Explosion Hazard - Do not disrecommended that this or an
connect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be equivalent Quencharc be used
free of ignitable concentrations
when connecting inductive loads
of flammable substances.
to PM outputs.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
29
•
User Load
L_
N
Quencharc
K_
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Standard Bus EIA-485 Communications
Slot C
98
99
CF common
CD
CE
T-/RT+/R+
B5
D6
D5
•
•
•
•
Wire T-/R- to the A terminal of the EIA-485 port.
Wire T+/R+ to the B terminal of the EIA-485 port.
Wire common to the common terminal of the EIA-485 port.
Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in
daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network.
• Do not connect more than 16 EZ-ZONE PM controllers on a network.
• Maximum network length: 1,200 meters (4,000 feet)
• 1/8th unit load on EIA-485 bus
PM _ _ _ _ _-[A] AAAA _ _
Note:
A 120Ω termination resistor may be required across T+/R+ and T-/R-,
placed on the last controller on the network.
Note:
Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus without power (i.e.,
disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on
Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard Bus may occur.
Modbus RTU or Standard Bus EIA-485 Communications
Slot C
98
99
CC common
CA
CB
B5
D6
D5
T-/RT+/R+
•
•
•
•
Wire T-/R- to the A terminal of the EIA-485 port.
Wire T+/R+ to the B terminal of the EIA-485 port.
Wire common to the common terminal of the EIA-485 port.
Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in
daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network.
• A termination resistor may be required. Place a 120 Ω resistor across T+/
R+ and T-/R- of last controller on network.
• Only one protocol per port is available at a time: either Modbus RTU or
Standard Bus.
• Do not connect more than 16 EZ-ZONE PM controllers on a Standard Bus
network.
• Do not connect more than 247 EZ-ZONE PM controllers on a Modbus RTU
network.
• Maximum network length: 1,200 meters (4,000 feet)
• 1/8th unit load on EIA-485 bus.
PM _ _ _ _ _-[1] AAAA _ _
Modbus-IDA
Terminal
DO
D1
common
EIA/TIA485 Name
A
B
common
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
Watlow Terminal
Label
CA or CD
CB or CE
CC or CF
•
30
•
Function
T-/RT+/R+
common
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Note:
Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus without power (i.e.,
disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on
Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard Bus may occur.
Wiring a Serial EIA-485 Network
Two example networks are shown below where the first one is using Watlow's Standard Bus
and the other showing connections over Modbus. Do not route network wires with power
wires. Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a
network. A termination resistor may be required. Place a 120 Ω resistor across T+/R+ and
T-/R- of the last controller on a network. Only one protocol per port is available at a time:
either Modbus RTU or Standard Bus.
A Network Using Watlow's Standard Bus and an RUI/Gateway
Power
Supply
EZ-ZONE ST
ST_ _ - (B or F) _ M _ -_ _ _ _
EZ-ZONE RM
fuse
98
99
CF
CD
B5
CE
D6
D5
-A
+B
power
power
common
98
99
EZ-ZONE PM
power
com
-A
CD
+B
CE
CF
B5
Slot C
D6
CZ
CX
CY
CE
99
CD
98
CF
D5
power
RUI/Gateway
EZKB-_ A _ _- _ _ _ _
98
power
common
-A
CD
+B
99
common
-A
+B
CF
CE
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
31
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
A Network Using Modbus RTU
Power
Supply
EZ-ZONE ST
ST_ _ - (B or F) _ M _ -_ _ _ _
EZ-ZONE RM
fuse
98
99
CA
CC
B5
CB
D6
D5
-A
+B
power
power
common
98
99
EZ-ZONE PM
PM_ _ _ _ _-1AAAAXX
CC
CA
CB
power
power
com
-A
+B
B5
Slot C
D6
CY
CZ
CX
CA
CB
99
CC
98
D5
power
PLC
power
power
common
-A
+B
common
-A
+B
Connecting a Computer to PM Controls Using B&B 485 to USB Converter
Address 2
Address 1
USB
Port
Slot C
Slot B
Slot A
Slot C
0847-0326-0000
Slot B
Slot A
PC Software Protocol - Standard Bus
EZ-ZONE Configurator software
Data Format
38,400 baud
8 data bits
no parity
1 start bit
1 stop bit
Use twisted pair wires such as Cat 5 cabling. Do not route with power carrying
conductors. Daisy chain wire up to 16 EZ-ZONE devices.
Note:
Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus without power (i.e.,
disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on
Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard Bus may occur.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
32
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
Note:
When connecting the USB converter to the PC it is suggested that the Latency Timer be
changed from the default of 16 msec to 1 msec. Failure to make this change may cause
communication loss between the PC running EZ-ZONE Configurator software and the control.
To modify Latency Timer settings follow the steps below:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Navigate to Device Manager.
Double click on Ports.
Right click on the USB serial port in use and select Properties.
Click the tab labeled Port settings and then click the Advance button.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
33
•
Chapter 2 Install and Wire
3
Chapter 3: Keys and Displays
Upper (Left, 32nd DIN) Display:
In the Home Page, displays the
process value, otherwise displays the value of the parameter in the lower display.
Zone Display:
Indicates the controller zone.
1 to q = zones 1 to 9
A = zone 10 E = zone 14
b = zone 11 F = zone 15
C = zone 12 h = zone 16
d = zone 13
Percent Units:
Lights when the controller is
displaying values as a percentage or when the Manual Power
is displayed.
Channel Display:
Indicates the channel for any
given EZ-ZONE module.
- Available with the PM4, 8 and
9 only.
1/32 DIN (PM3)
®
1 2
1/16 DIN (PM6)
®
1/8 DIN (PM9) Horizontal
®
1/8 DIN (PM8) Vertical
®
Infinity Key ˆ
Press to back up one level, or
press and hold for two seconds
to return to the Home Page.
From the Home Page clears
alarms and errors if clearable.
Advance Key ‰
Advances through parameter prompts.
1/4 DIN (PM4)
®
Note:
Upon power up, the upper
or left display will briefly indicate the firmware revision
and the lower or right display
will show PM representing
the model.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
34
•
Lower (Right, 32nd DIN)
Display:
Indicates the set point or
Manual Power value during
operation, or the parameter whose value appears
in the upper display.
Profile Activity:
Lights when a profile is
running. Flashes when a
profile is paused.
EZ Key/s:
These keys can be programmed to do various
tasks, such as starting a
profile.
Output Activity:
Number LEDs indicate
activity of outputs. A flashing light indicates output
activity.
Communications Activity
Flashes when another device is communicating with
this controller.
Temperature Units:
Indicates whether the
temperature is displayed in
Fahrenheit or Celsius.
Up and Down Keys ¿ ¯
In the Home Page, adjusts
the set point in the lower
display. In other pages,
changes the upper display
to a higher or lower value,
or changes a parameter
selection.
Chapter 3 Keys and Displays
Responding to a Displayed Message
An active message will cause the display to toggle between the normal settings and the active message in the upper display and attn in the lower display.
Your response will depend on the message and the controller settings. Some messages, such
as Ramping and Tuning, indicate that a process is underway. If the message was generated by
a latched alarm and the condition no longer exists or if an alarm has silencing enabled it can
be silenced simply by pushing the Infinity ˆ key. Alternatively, use the method below to view
all and then clear.
Push the Advance Key to display ignr in the upper display and the message source (such as
AL.hi) in the lower display.Use the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to scroll through possible responses, such as Clear CLr or Silence SiL, then push the Advance ‰ or Infinity ˆ key to execute
the action. See the Home Page for further information on the Attention Codes.
Display
attn
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Attention
An active message will cause the display
to toggle between the normal settings and
the active message in the upper display
and attn in the lower display. Your response will depend on the message and
the controller settings. Some messages,
such as Ramping and Tuning, indicate that
a process is underway. If the message was
generated by a latched alarm, the message can be cleared when the condition
no longer exists. If an alarm has silencing
enabled, it can be silenced.
1. Push the Advance Key ‰ to display
ignr in the upper display and the message source (such as AL.h1) in the lower
display.
2. Use the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys to
scroll through possible responses, such
as Clear CLr or Silence SiL.
3. Press the Advance Key ‰ or Infinity
key to execute the action.
Appears If
AL.L1 AL.L2 AL.L3 AL.L4
Alarm Low 1 to 4
An alarm or error
message is active.
AL.h1 AL.h2 AL.h3 AL.h4
Alarm High 1 to 4
AL.E1 AL.E2 AL.E3 AL.E4
Alarm Error 1 to 4
Er.i1 Error Input 1
tUn1 Tuning 1
rp1 Ramping 1
Lp.o1 Loop Open Error 1
Lp.r1 Loop Reversed Error 1
vaL.h Value to high to be displayed in 4 digit LED display
>9999
vaL.L Value to low to be displayed in 4 digit LED display
<-1999
ˆ
Alternatively, rather than scrolling through
all messages simply push the Infinity
button to generate a clear.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
ˆ
•
35
•
Chapter 3 Keys and Displays
4
Chapter 4: Home Page
Default Home Page Parameters
Watlow's patented user-defined menu system improves operational efficiency. The userdefined Home Page provides you with a shortcut to monitor or change the parameter values
that you use most often. The default Home Page is shown on the following page. When a parameter normally located in the Setup Page or Operations Page is placed in the Home Page,
it is accessible through both. If you change a parameter in the Home Page, it is automatically
changed in its original page. If you change a parameter in its original page it is automatically
changed in the Home Page.
Use the Advance Key ‰ to step through the other parameters. When not in pairs, the parameter prompt will appear in the lower display, and the parameter value will appear in the
upper display. You can use the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys to change the value of writable parameters, just as you would in any other menu.
Note:
If a writable value is placed on the upper display and is paired with another read only
parameter on the lower display, the arrow keys affect the setting of the upper display. If
two writable parameters are paired, the arrow keys affect the lower display.
•The Attention attn parameter appears only if there is an active message. An example of
an active message could be a Input Error Er.i1, or it could be for information only like
Autotune tUn1 taking place.
•If Control Mode is set to Auto, the Process Value is in the upper display and the Set Point
(read-write) is in the lower display.
•If a profile is running, the process value is in the upper display and the Target Set Point
(read only) is in the lower display. If Control Mode is set to Manual, the Process Value is in
the upper display and Manual Power (read-write) is in the lower display.
•If Control Mode is set to Off, the Process Value is in the upper display and off (read only)
is in the lower display.
•If a sensor failure has occurred, dashes ---- will be displayed in the upper display and
the Manual Power (read-write) is in the lower display.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
36
•
Chapter 4 Home Page
Navigating the EZ-ZONE® PM PID Controller
Applies to All Models - 1/16 DIN Shown Below
®
®
®
®
[``Ai]
[``70]
[``70]
[Cust]
[`Set]
[``72]
[``72]
[fCty]
Home Page from anywhere: Press the Infinity
Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home
Page.
®
Factory Page from Home Page: Press both
the Advance ‰ and Infinity ˆ keys for six
seconds.
®
[``70]
[``Ai]
[``72]
[oper]
Operations Page from Home Page: Press both
the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for three seconds.
®
®
[``70]
[``Ai]
[``72]
[`Set]
Note:
Keys must be held continuously until
SEt is displayed in green. If keys are
released when OPEr is displayed, press
the infinity key or reset key to exit and
repeat until SEt is displayed.
Setup Page from Home Page: Press both the
Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for six seconds.
®
®
[``70]
[``p1]
[``72]
[prof]
Profiling Page from Home Page: Press the
Advance Key ‰ for three seconds.
Changing the Set Point
You can change the set point by using the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys when a profile is not running.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
37
•
Chapter 4 Home Page
Starting a Profile from the Home Page
1.When at the Home Page, press the Advance Key ‰ to locate Profile Start and select the
file or step number to start. The upper display will show 1 and the lower display will show
p.st1.
2.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to choose the file or step number.
3.Press the Advance Key ‰ to select the Profile Action Request. The upper display will show
nonE and the lower display will show p.aC1.
4.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select the Profile Start. The upper display will show
prof and the lower display will show p.aC1.
5.Press the Infinity ˆ Key to return Home. The Profile will Start
Ending a Profile from the Home Page
1.Press the Advance Key ‰ to select the Profile Action Request. The upper display will show
nonE and the lower display will show p.aC1.
2.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select the End. The upper display will show End and
the lower display will show p.aC1.
3.Press the Infinity ˆ Key to return Home. The Profile will End.
Modifying the Home Page
1.Push and hold the Advance ‰ key and the Infinity ˆ key for approximately six seconds.
Upon entering the Factory Page the first menu will be the Custom Menu CUst.
2. Push the Advance ‰ key where the lower display will show CUst and the upper display
will show 1.
3. Push the Advance ‰ button where the prompt for the Process Value aC.pu will be displayed on top and Parameter par in the bottom. There are twenty positions available
that can be customized.
4.Pushing the Up ¿ or Down ¯ arrow keys will allow for a customized selection to be
made (see list of available parameters below).
Custom Menu Parameter Options
Description
Prompt *
All Models
None
Blank
Analog Input Value
ain1
i.Ca1
C_f1
Usr.1
a.Lo1
a.hi1
a.hy1
Cal In Offset
Display Units
Load Parameter Set
Alarm Low Set Point
Alarm High Set Point
Alarm Hysteresis
Usr.2
A.Lo2 a.Lo3 A.Lo4
a.hi2 a.hi3 a.hi4
a.hy2 a.hy3 a.hy4
If 4th digit of part number is T
Time Remaining
t.r
r.bS
rdy
Ready Band State
Ready Band
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
38
•
Chapter 4 Home Page
Custom Menu Parameter Options
Description
Prompt *
Closed Loop Timer Set Point
Ct.Sp
hoUr
ЛЏin
SEC
Hours
Minutes
Seconds
If 4th digit of part number is B, E, C, R, J, or N
Set Point
C.sp1
AC.p1
AC.s1
o.sp1
aUt1
C.ЛЏ1
h.pr1
C.pr1
ti1
td1
db1
h.pb1
h.hy1
C.pb1
C.hy1
r.rt1
t.tU1
id.s1
Active Process Value
Active Set Point
Manual Power
Autotune
Control Mode
Heat Power
Cool Power
Time Integral
Time Derivative
Dead Band
Heat Prop Band
On/Off Heat Hysteresis
Cool Prop Band
On/Off Cool Hysteresis
Ramp Rate
TRU-TUNE+ Enable
Idle Set Point
If 4th digit of part number is B, E, R or N
Profile Start
p.st1
p.aC1
Stp
S.typ
t.sp1
AC.sp
HoUr
ЛЏin
sEC
gsd1
Ent1
Ent2
Profile Action Request
Current Step
Step Type
Target Set Point
Produced Set Point
Hour
Minute
Second
Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1
Active Event Output 1
Active Event Output 2
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
39
•
Chapter 4 Home Page
Modifying the Display Pairs
The Home Page, being a customized list of as many as 20 parameters, can be configured in
pairs of up to 10 via the Display Pairs d.prs prompt found in the Global Menu gLbL (Setup
Page). The listing in the table that follows is what one may typically find in the Home Page as
defaults based on controller part numbers. It is important to note that some of the prompts
shown may not appear simply because the feature is not being used or is turned off. As an
example, the prompt shown in position 7 (loop 1) and position 12 (loop 2) C.pr will not appear unless the Cool algorithm C.ag is turned on in the Setup Page under the Loop menu.
As stated above, the user can define pairs of prompts to appear on the display every time
the Advance ‰ key is pushed. The first pair will always be as defined in the Custom Menu
and as stated, will default (factory settings) to the Active Process Value loop 1 aC.pu, and
the Active Set Point loop 1 aC.sp. If two channels are present the first 2 pairs will be the
same in that the first pair will represent channel 1 Active Process Value and Active Set Point
and the second being the same for channel 2. If another pair is created where the Display
Pairs d.prs prompt is equal to 3 using the default prompts, when the Advance Key ‰ is
pushed two times from the Home Page the upper display will reflect the current control
mode and the bottom display would show the output power. When configuring the Custom
Menu to your liking it should be noted that if a writable value is placed on the upper display
and is paired with another read only parameter on the lower display, the arrow keys will affect the setting of the upper display. Also, if 2 changeable (writable) prompts are displayed
in a Pair, i.e., Control Mode on top and Idle Set Point on the bottom, only the lower display
(Idle Set Point) can be changed.
The display can be configured to scroll customized pairs by going to the Setup Page under
the Global Menu and changing the Display Time d.ti prompt to something greater than 0 and
by changing the Display Pairs d.prs to something greater than 1. If the Display Time d.ti is
set to 2, the display will toggle every 2 seconds from the first display pair to the second and
then the third, etc... The display will continue to toggle through all of the custom pairs at
the specified time interval.
When configuring the Custom Menu to your liking, it should be noted that if two writable
prompts are displayed in a pair, for example, Control Mode on top and Idle Set Point on the
bottom, only the lower display (Idle Set Point) can be changed. If a writable value is placed
on the upper display and is paired with another read only parameter on the lower display,
the arrow keys affect the setting of the upper display.
Possible
Home Page Defaults
(Dependent on Part Number)
Home Page
Display
Parameter Page and Menu
All Models
1
Active Process Value (1)
If
2
4th
Numerical value
Operations Page, Monitor Menu
digit of part number is equal to: PM _ [T] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Time Remaining (2)
Numerical value
Operations Page, Timer Menu
If 4th digit of part number is equal to: PM _ [C, R, B, J, N, E, S] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2
Active Set Point (1)
Numerical value
Operations Page, Monitor Menu
If 4th digit of part number is equal to: PM _ [T] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3
Active Set Point (1)
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
Numerical value
•
40
•
Operations Page, Monitor Menu
Chapter 4 Home Page
Possible
Home Page Defaults
(Dependent on Part Number)
Home Page
Display
Parameter Page and Menu
If 4th digit of part number is equal to: PM _ [T] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
4
Set Point (1)
5
Ready State Band (1)
6
Ready Band (1)
7
Closed Loop Timer Set Point (1)
8
Hours (1)
9
Minutes (1)
10
Seconds (2)
Numerical value
Operations Page, Monitor Menu
r.bs
rdy
Ct.SP
hoUr
ЛЏin
SEC
Operations Page, Timer Menu
Operations Page, Timer Menu
Operations Page, Timer Menu
Operations Page, Timer Menu
Operations Page, Timer Menu
Operations Page, Timer Menu
If 4th digit of part number is equal to: PM _ [R, B, N, E] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3
Control Mode
4
Heat Power
5
Autotune
6
Idle Set Point
7
Profile Start
8
Action Request
C.ЛЏ1
h.pr1
aUt1
id.s1
p.st1
p.aC1
Operations Page, Monitor Menu
Operations Page, Monitor Menu
Operations Page, Loop Menu
Operations Page, Loop Menu
Operations Page, Profile Status
Operations Page, Profile Status
Note:
The numerical digit shown in the prompts (last digit) and within the parenthesize above,
represents the parameter instance and can be greater than one.
Conventions Used in the Menu Pages
To better understand the menu pages that follow review the naming conventions used. When
encountered throughout this document, the word "default" implies as shipped from the factory. Each page (Operations, Setup, Profile and Factory) and their associated menus have
identical headers defined below:
Header Name
Definition
Display
Visually displayed information from the control.
Parameter Name
Describes the function of the given parameter.
Range
Defines options available for this prompt, i.e., min/max values (numerical), yes/no,
etc... (further explanation below).
Default
Values as delivered from the factory.
Modbus Relative Address
Identifies unique parameters using either the Modbus RTU or Modbus TCP protocols
(further explanation below).
CIP (Common Industrial Protocol)
Identifies unique parameters using either the DeviceNet or EtherNet/IP protocol
(further explanation below).
Profibus Index
Identifies unique parameters using Profibus DP protocol (further explanation below).
Parameter ID
Identifies unique parameters used with other software such as, LabVIEW.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
41
•
Chapter 4 Home Page
Header Name
Definition
uint dint
string
float
RWES
Data Type R/W
=
=
=
=
=
Unsigned 16 bit integer
Signed 32-bit, long
ASCII (8 bits per character)
IEEE 754 32-bit
Readable
Writable
EEPROM (saved)
User Set (saved)
Display
Visual information from the control is displayed to the observer using a fairly standard 7
segment display. Due to the use of this technology, several characters displayed need some
interpretation, see the list below:
1=1
2=2
3=3
4=4
5=5
ϯ=7
8=8
q=9
0=0
џ=A
щ, { = c
ц=d
E=E
F=F
g=g
i=i
J=J
H=K
L=L
ЛЏ = M
o
P
q
r
S
=o
6=6
b=b
h=h
n=n
t=t
=P
=q
=r
=S
u, U = u
u, U = v
ФІ = W
y=y
Z=Z
Range
Within this column notice that on occasion there will be numbers found within parenthesis.
This number represents the enumerated value for that particular selection. Range selections
can be made simply by writing the enumerated value of choice using any of the available
communications protocols. As an example, turn to the Setup Page and look at the Analog
Input Ai menu and then the Sensor Type sEn prompt. To turn the sensor off using Modbus
simply write the value of 62 (off) to register 368 and send that value to the control.
Modbus RTU Protocols
All Modbus registers are 16-bits and as displayed in this manual are relative addresses (actual). Some legacy software packages limit available Modbus registers to 40001 to 49999 (5
digits). Many applications today require access to all available Modbus registers which range
from 400001 to 465535 (6 digits). Watlow controls support 6 digit Modbus registers. For parameters listed as float notice that only one (low order) of the two registers is listed, this is
true throughout this document. By default the low order word contains the two low bytes of
the 32-bit parameter. As an example, look in the Operations Page for the Process Value. Find
the column identified in the header as Modbus and notice that it lists register 360. Because
this parameter is a float it is actually represented by registers 360 (low order bytes) and 361
(high order bytes). Because the Modbus specification does not dictate which register should
be high or low order, Watlow provides the user the ability to swap this order (Setup Page,
CoЛЏ Menu) from the default low/high Lohi to high/low hiLo.
Note:
With the release of firmware revision 7.00 and above new functions where introduced into
this product line. With the introduction of these new functions there was a reorganization
of Modbus registers. Notice in the column identified as Modbus the reference to Map 1 and
Map 2 registers for each of the various parameters. If the new functions, namely; Linearization, Process Value and Real Time Clock are to be used than use Map 2 Modbus regis
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
42
•
Chapter 4 Home Page
ters. The Data Map ЛЏap for Modbus registers can be changed in the Setup Page under
the CoЛЏ Menu. This setting will apply across the control.
It should also be noted that some of the cells in the Modbus column contain wording pertaining to an offset. Several parameters in the control contain more than one instance; such
as, profiles (4), alarms (4), analog inputs (2), etc... The Modbus register shown always represents instance one. Take for an example the Alarm Silence parameter found in the Setup
Page under the Alarm menu. Instance one of Map 1 is shown as address 1490 and +50 is identified as the offset to the next instance. If there was a desire to read or write to instance
3 simply add 100 to 1490 to find its address, in this case, the instance 3 address for Alarm
Silence is 1590.
To learn more about the Modbus protocol point your browser to http://www.modbus.org.
Note:
There are two columns shown in the menus that follow for communications protocols
identified as CIP (Common Industrial Protocol) and Profibus. These columns will be useful
if this control is used in conjunction with the EZ-ZONE Remote User Interface/Gateway
(RUI/GTW) where those protocols can be selected as optional hardware. For this control,
as a secondary protocol beyond Standard Bus, Modbus RTU can be ordered as optional
hardware.
To learn more about the RUI/GTW point your browser to the link below and search for keyword gateway.
http://www.watlow.com/en/Resources-And-Support/Technical-Library/User-Manuals
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
43
•
Chapter 4 Home Page
5
Chapter 5: Operations Page
PM Operation Page Parameters
To navigate to the Operations Page, follow the steps below:
1.From the Home Page, press both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for three seconds. Ai will appear in the upper display and oPEr will appear in the lower display.
2.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.
3.Press the Advance Key ‰ to enter the menu of choice.
4.If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and
then press the Advance Key ‰ to enter.
5.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.
6.Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu, submenu to menu, menu to Home Page.
7.Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.
On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.
Note:
Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is
only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.
Note:
Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon
controller part number.
Ai
dio
opEr
opEr Digital Input/Output Menu
Analog Input Menu
AinAnalog Input Value
i.ErInput Error
i.CACalibration Offset
5
dioDigital Input/Output (5 to 6)
do.S Output State
di.S Input State
Ei.s Event Status
Lnr
opEr Linearization Menu
ЛЏon
Su.a Source Value A
ofstOffset
o.u Output Value
opEr Monitor Menu
C.ЛЏAControl Mode Active
h.pr Heat Power
C.pr Cool Power
C.sp Closed-Loop Set Point
pu.a Process Value Active
Pu
opErProcess Value Menu
Su.A Source Value A
oFStOffset
o.u Output Value
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
44
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
Loop
P.sta
opEr Loop Menu
opEr
C.ЛЏ
A.tsp
aUt
C.sp
id.S
h.pb
h.hy
C.pb
C.hy
ti
td
db
o.sp
Profile Status Menu
P.strProfile Start
paCr Profile Action Request
stp Current Step
styp Step Type
t.Sp1 Target Set Point Loop 1
AC.sp Produced Set Point 1
hoUr Hours Remaining
ЛЏin Minutes Remaining
sEC Seconds Remaining
Ent1 Active Event Output 1
Ent2 Active Event Output 2
JC Jump Count Remaining
Control Mode
Autotune Set Point
Autotune
Closed Loop Set Point
Idle Set Point
Heat Proportional Band
On/Off Heat Hysteresis
Cool Proportional Band
On/Off Cool Hysteresis
Time Integral
Time Derivative
Dead Band
Manual Power
aLЛЏ
opEr Alarm Menu
1
aLЛЏAlarm (1 to 4)
A.Lo Low Set Point
a.hi High Set Point
a.CLr Clear Alarm
a.Sir Silence Alarm
a.st Alarm State
tЛЏr
oPEr Timer Menu
Su.A Source Value A
Su.C Source Value C
Su.d Source Value D
P.PS1Produced Set Point 1
tE.o1Timer Event Output 1
tE.o2Timer Event Output 2
tE.o3Timer Event Output 3
t.r Time Remaining
r.bS Ready Band State
hoUrHours
ЛЏinMinutes
SEC Seconds
Ct.SPClosed Loop Timer Set Point
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
45
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Data
CIP
Type
Modbus
Class
Pro- Paramand
Default Relative Ad- Instance fibus
eter
Acdress
Attribute Index
ID
cess
hex (dec)
**
Range
Ai
opEr
Analog Input Menu
Ain
Ain
Analog Input
Analog Input Value
View the process
value.
Note:
----
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
Instance 1 0x68
Map 1 Map 2 (104)
360
360 1
1
0
4001
float
R
Instance 1 0x68
Map 1 Map 2 (104)
362
362 1 to 2
2
1
4002
uint
R
Instance 1 0x68
Map 1 Map 2 (104)
382
382 1 to 2
0xC (12)
2
4012
float
RWES
Ensure that the Input
Error (below) indicates
no error (61) when
reading this value using
a field bus protocol.
If an error exists, the
last known value prior
to the error occurring
will be returned.
i.Er
i.Er
i.Ca
i.CA
---Analog Input
nonE None (61)
Input Error
OpEn Open (65)
View the cause of the
shrt Shorted
most recent error. If
(127)
the attn message is
E.ЛЏ Measurement
Er.i1 or Er.i2, this Error (140)
parameter will display
the cause of the input E.CaL Bad Calibration Data (139)
error.
Er.ab Ambient Error (9)
E.rtd RTD Error
(141)
faiL Fail (32)
Nsrc Not Sourced
(246)
0.0
Analog Input
-1,999.000 to
Calibration Offset
9,999.000°F or
Offset the input read- units
ing to compensate for -1,110.555 to
lead wire resistance
5,555.000°C
or other factors that
cause the input reading to vary from the
actual process value.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
46
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Data
CIP
Type
Modbus
Class
Pro- Paramand
Default Relative Ad- Instance fibus
eter
Acdress
Attribute Index
ID
cess
hex (dec)
**
Range
Lnr
opEr
Linearization Menu
Su.a
Su.A
ofst
oFSt
o.u
o.v
Linearization
Source Value A
View the value of
Source A.
Source A of Linearization 1 is connected to
Analog Input 1, Source
A of Linearization 2 is
connected to Analog
Input 2
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
Instance 1 0x86
Map 1 Map 2 (134)
- - - - 3566 1
4
- - - - 34004
float
R
Linearization
Offset
Set an offset to be
applied to this function's output.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
0
Instance 1 0x86
Map 1 Map 2 (134)
- - - - 3570 1 to 2
6
- - - - 34006
float
RWES
Linearization
Output Value
View the value of this
function's output.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
Instance 1 0x86
Map 1 Map 2 (134)
- - - - 3572 1 to 2
7
- - - - 34007
float
R
---None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement error
(140)
Bad calibration
data (139)
Ambient error (9)
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
Can't process
(1659)
Instance 1 0x86
Map 1 Map 2 (134)
- - - - 3614 1 to 2
0x1C
(28)
- - - - 34028
uint
R
No Dis- Linearization
play
Error
View reported cause
for Linearization output malfunction.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
47
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Data
CIP
Type
Modbus
Class
Pro- Paramand
Default Relative Ad- Instance fibus
eter
Acdress
Attribute Index
ID
cess
hex (dec)
**
Range
Pu
opEr
Process Value Menu
Su.a
Su.A
----
Instance 1 0x7E
- - - - 26016
Map 1 Map 2 (126)
- - - - 3310 1
0x10 (16)
float
R
-1,999.000 to
Offset
9,999.000°F or
Set an offset to be ap- units
plied to this function's -1,128.000 to
output.
5,537.000°C
0
Instance 1 0x7E
- - - - 26023
Map 1 Map 2 (126)
- - - - 3324 1
0x17 (23)
float
RWES
Process Value
Output Value
View the value of this
function block's output.
----
Instance 1 0x7E
- - - - 26022
Map 1 Map 2 (126)
- - - - 3322 1
0x16 (22)
float
R
---None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement error
(140)
Bad calibration
data (139)
Ambient error (9)
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
Can't process
(1659)
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3332
0x7E
(126)
(134)
1
0x1B
(27)
uint
R
----
Instance 5
Map 1 Map 2
10121132
Offset to
next instance
equals +30
0x6A
(106)
5 to 12
7
Process Value
Source Value A
View the value of
Source A.
Linearization 1 is connected to Source A of
Process Value 1.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
ofst Process Value
oFSt
o.u
o.u
No Dis- Process Value
play
Output Error
View reported cause
for Process output
malfunction.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
26027
dio
opEr
Digital Input/Output Menu
do.s
do.S
Digital Output (5 to 6)
Output State
View the state of this
output.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
46
6007
uint
R
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
48
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
Display
di.s
di.S
Ei.s
Ei.S
Digital Input (5 to 6)
Input State
View this event input
state.
Digital Input (5 to 6)
Event Status
View this event input
state.
Data
CIP
Type
Modbus
Class
Pro- Paramand
Range
Default Relative Ad- Instance fibus
eter
Acdress
Attribute Index
ID
cess
hex (dec)
**
---uint
Instance
5
0x6A
6011
off Off (62)
R
Map 1 Map 2 (106)
on On (63)
10201140 5 to 12
0x0B (11)
Offset to
next instance
equals +30
---Instance 5
0x6E
140
10005 uint
ϸAct Inactive (41)
R
Map 1 Map 2
(110)
act Active (5)
14081648
5 to 6
5
Offset to
next instance
equals +20
No Dis- EZ-Key/s (1 to 2)
play
Event Status
View this event input
state.
ϸAct Inactive (41) - - - act Active (5)
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
13281568
Offset to
next instance
equals +20
0x6E
(110)
1 to 2
5
140
10005
uint
R
ЛЏon
opEr
Monitor Menu
C.ЛЏA
C.MA
h.pr
h.Pr
C.pr
C.Pr
C.sp
C.SP
pu.a
Pv.A
Monitor
Control Mode Active
View the current control mode.
---off Off (62)
aUto Auto (10)
ЛЏan Manual (54)
Monitor
Heat Power
View the current heat
output level.
0.0 to 100.0%
Monitor
Cool Power
View the current cool
output level.
-100.0 to 0.0%
Monitor
Closed-Loop Set Point
View the working set
point currently in effect.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
Monitor
Process Value Active
View the current filtered process value using the control input.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
Instance 1 0x97
Map 1 Map 2 (151)
1882
2362 1
2
- - - - 8002
uint
R
----
Instance 1 0x97
Map 1 Map 2 (151)
1904
2384 1
0xD (13)
- - - - 8011
float
R
----
Instance 1 0x97
Map 1 Map 2 (151)
1906
2386 1
0xE (14)
- - - - 8014
float
R
- - - - 8029
float
R
Instance 1 0x68
- - - - 8031
Map 1 Map 2 (104)
402
402 1
0x16 (22)
float
R
----
----
----
----
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
49
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
Display
Data
CIP
Type
Modbus
Class
Pro- Paramand
Default Relative Ad- Instance fibus
eter
Acdress
Attribute Index
ID
cess
hex (dec)
**
---Instance 1 0x6B
---8031 float
R
Map 1 Map 2 (107)
21722652 1
7
Range
No Dis- Monitor
-1,999.000 to
play
Set Point Active
9,999.000°F or
Read the current active units
set point.
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
No Dis- Monitor
---Off (62)
play
Autotune Status
Waiting for cross 1
Read the present status positive (119)
of Autotune.
Waiting for cross 1
negative (120)
Waiting for cross 2
positive (121)
Waiting for cross 2
negative (122)
Waiting for cross 3
positive (123)
Waiting for cross 3
negative (150)
Measuring maximum
peak (151)
Measuring minimum
peak (152)
Calculating (153)
Complete (18)
Timeout (118)
Instance 1 0x97
- - - - 8027
Map 1 Map 2 (151)
1932
2412 1
0x1B (27)
uint
R
Auto
Instance 1 0x97
Map 1 Map 2 (151)
18802360 1
1
8001
uint
RWES
90.0
Instance 1 0x97
Map 1 Map 2 (151)
19182398 1
0x14
(20)
- - - - 8025
float
RWES
Loop
opEr
Control Loop Menu
C.ЛЏ
C.M
a.tsp
A.tSP
Control Loop (1 to 2)
Control Mode
Select the method
that this loop will use
to control.
off Off (62)
aUto Auto (10)
ЛЏan Manual (54)
Control Loop
50.0 to 200.0%
Autotune Set Point
Set the set point that
the autotune will use,
as a percentage of the
current set point.
63
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
50
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
Operations Page
Display
AUt
AUt
C.sp
C.SP
id.s
id.S
h.pb
h.Pb
h.hy
h.hy
C.pb
C.Pb
Parameter Name
Description
Data
CIP
Type
Modbus
Class
Pro- Paramand
Default Relative Ad- Instance fibus
eter
Acdress
Attribute Index
ID
cess
hex (dec)
**
No
uint
Instance 1 0x97
8026
64
RW
Map 1 Map 2 (151)
19202400 1
0x15
(21)
Range
Control Loop
Autotune
Start an autotune.
While the autotune
is active, the Home
Page will display
attn tUn1. When
the autotune is complete, the message
will clear automatically.
no No (59)
yEs Yes (106)
Control Loop
Set Point
Set the closed loop
set point that the
controller will automatically control to.
75.0°F
Low Set Point to
Instance 1 0x6B
Maximum Set Point or units Map 1 Map 2 (107)
24.0°C 21602640 1
(Setup Page)
1
49
7001
float
RWES
Control Loop
Idle Set Point
Define a set point
that can be triggered
by an event state.
Low Set Point to
High Set Point
(Setup Page)
75.0°F
Instance 1 0x6B
or units Map 1 Map 2 (107)
24.0°C 21762656 1
9
50
7009
float
RWES
Control Loop
Heat Proportional
Band
Set the PID proportional band for the
heat outputs.
0.001 to
9,999.000°F or
units
0.001 to
5,555.000°C
25.0°F
Instance 1 0x97
or units Map 1 Map 2 (151)
14.0°C 18902370 1
6
65
8009
float
RWES
Control Loop
On/Off Heat Hysteresis
Set the control
switching hysteresis
for on-off control.
This determines how
far into the “on” region the process value
needs to move before
the output turns on.
0.001 to
9,999.000°F or
units
0.001 to
5,555.000°C
3.0°F
Instance 1 0x97
or units Map 1 Map 2 (151)
2.0°C
19002380 1
0xB (11)
66
8010
float
RWES
Control Loop
Cool Proportional
Band
Set the PID proportional band for the
cool outputs.
0.001 to
9,999.000°F or
units
0.001 to
5,555.000°C
25.0°F
Instance 1 0x97
or units Map 1 Map 2 (151)
14.0°C 18922372 1
7
67
8012
float
RWES
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
51
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
Operations Page
Display
C.hy
C.hy
ti
ti
td
td
db
db
o.sp
o.SP
Parameter Name
Description
Data
CIP
Type
Modbus
Class
Pro- Paramand
Default Relative Ad- Instance fibus
eter
Acdress
Attribute Index
ID
cess
hex (dec)
**
3.0°F
float
Instance 1 0x97
8013
68
or units Map 1 Map 2 (151)
RWES
2.0°C
19022382 1
0xC (12)
Range
Control Loop
On/Off Cool Hysteresis
Set the control
switching hysteresis
for on-off control.
This determines how
far into the “on” region the process value
needs to move before
the output turns on.
0.001 to
9,999.000°F or
units
0.001 to
5,555.000°C
Control Loop
Time Integral
Set the PID integral
for the outputs.
0 to 9,999 seconds 180
Instance 1
seconds Map 1 Map 2
per repeat
per re- 18942374
peat
Control Loop
Time Derivative
Set the PID derivative
time for the outputs.
Control Loop
Dead Band
Set the offset to the
proportional band.
With a negative value,
both heating and cooling outputs are active
when the process
value is near the set
point. A positive value
keeps heating and
cooling outputs from
fighting each other.
Control Loop
Manual Power
Set a fixed level of
output power when in
manual (open-loop)
mode.
69
8006
float
RWES
0 to 9,999 seconds 0
Instance 1 0x97
seconds Map 1 Map 2 (151)
18962376 1
9
0.0
-1,000.0 to
Instance 1 0x97
1,000.0°F or units
Map 1 Map 2 (151)
-556 to 556°C
18982378 1
0xA (10)
70
8007
float
RWES
71
8008
float
RWES
-100 to 100% (heat 0.0
and cool)
0 to 100% (heat
only)
-100 to 0% (cool
only)
51
7002
float
RWES
0x97
(151)
1
8
Instance 1 0x6B
Map 1 Map 2 (107)
21622642 1
2
----
No Dis- Control Loop
play Loop Error
Open Loop detect
deviation has been exceeded.
nonE None (61)
Lp.o Open Loop
No Dis- Control Loop
play Clear Loop Error
Current state of limit
output.
---CLr Clear (129)
ignr Ignore (204)
(1274)
Lp.r Reversed Sensor (1275)
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1928 2408
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
19302410
0x6C
(108)
1
0x30
(48)
- - - - 8048 uint
R
0x6C
---(108)
1
0x31 (49)
8049
uint
W
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
52
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
Display
No Dis- Control Loop
play Loop Output Power
View the loop output
power.
Data
CIP
Type
Modbus
Class
Pro- Paramand
Default Relative Ad- Instance fibus
eter
Acdress
Attribute Index
ID
cess
hex (dec)
**
---Instance 1
0x97
---8033 float
R
Map 1 Map 2
(151)
19082388
1
0x0F (15)
Range
-100.0 to 100.0
aLЛЏ
opEr
Alarm Menu
a.Lo
A.Lo
Alarm (1 to 4)
Low Set Point
If Type (Setup Page,
Alarm Menu) is set to:
Process - set the process value that will
trigger a low alarm.
32.0°F
Instance 1 0x6D
or units Map 1 Map 2 (109)
0.0°C
14821882 1 to 24
2
Offset to
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
A.hi
Alarm (1 to 4)
High Set Point
If Type (Setup Page,
Alarm Menu) is set to:
Process - set the process value that will
trigger a high alarm.
9002
float
RWES
19
9001
float
RWES
next instance (Map
1) equals +50
Deviation - set the
span of units from
the set point that will
trigger a low alarm. A
negative set point represents a value below
closed loop set point. A
positive set point represents a value above
closed loop set point.
a.hi
18
Offset to
next instance (Map
2) equals +60
300.0
°F or
units
150.0
°C
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
Deviation - set the
span of units from
the set point that will
trigger a low alarm. A
negative set point represents a value below
closed loop set point. A
positive set point represents a value above
closed loop set point.
Instance 1 0x6D
Map 1 Map 2 (109)
14801880 1 to 4
1
Offset to
next instance (Map
1) equals +50
Offset to
next instance (Map
2) equals +60
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
53
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
Operations Page
Data
CIP
Type
Modbus
Class
Pro- ParamParameter Name
and
Display
Range
Default Relative Ad- Instance fibus
eter
Description
Acdress
Attribute Index
ID
cess
hex (dec)
**
uint
Instance
1
0x6D
9026
A.CLr Alarm (1 to 4)
CLr Clear (1003)
W
Map 1 Map 2 (109)
A.CLr Clear Alarm
ignr Ignore (204)
Write to this register
15041904 1 to 4
to clear an alarm
0x0D
Offset to
(13)
next instance (Map1
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+60)
uint
Instance 1 0x6D
- - - - 9027
A.sir Alarm (1 to 4)
siL Silence
W
Silence
Alarm
Map
1
Map
2
(109)
A.Sir
(1010)
Write to this register
15061906 1 to 4
to silence an alarm
0x0E
Offset to
(14)
next instance (Map1
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+60)
---uint
Startup (88)
Instance 1 0x6D
- - - - 9009
A.st Alarm (1 to 4)
R
State
None
(61)
Map
1
Map
2
(109)
A.St
Current state of alarm Blocked (12)
14961896 1 to 2
Alarm low (8)
9
Offset to
Alarm high (7)
next inError (28)
stance (Map1
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+60)
No Dis- Alarm (1 to 4)
play
Alarm Clearable
Indicates if alarm can
be cleared.
No (59)
Yes (106)
No Dis- Alarm (1 to 4)
play
Alarm Silenced
Indicates if alarm is
silenced.
No (59)
Yes (106)
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
15021902
Offset to
next instance (Map1
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+60)
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
15001900
Offset to
next instance (Map1
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+60)
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
0xC (12)
----
9012
uint
R
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
0x0B
(11)
----
9011
uint
R
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
54
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
No Dis- Alarm (1 to 4)
play
Alarm Latched
Indicates if alarm is
latched.
Data
CIP
Type
Modbus
Class
Pro- Paramand
Default Relative Ad- Instance fibus
eter
Acdress
Attribute Index
ID
cess
hex (dec)
**
---Instance 1
0x6D
9010 uint
---R
Map 1 Map 2
(109)
14981898
1 to 4
0x0A
Offset to
(10)
next in-
Range
No (59)
Yes (106)
stance (Map1
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+60)
tЛЏr
oPEr
Timer Menu
Su.A
Su.A
Su.C
Su.C
Su.d
Su.d
P.SP1
P.SP1
tE.o1
tE.o1
tE.o2
tE.o2
tE.o3
tE.o3
Timer
Source Value A
View the state of
Source Function A.
on On (63)
oFF Off (62)
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
45828012
0x83
(109)
1
0x07 (7)
----
31007
uint
R
Timer (1)
Source Value C
View the value of
Source Function C.
-1999.000 to
999.000°F or
units
-1110.555 to
5555.000
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46428572
0x83
(109)
1
0x25
(37)
----
31037
float
R
Timer (1)
Source Value D
View the state of
Source Function D.
on On (63)
oFF Off (62)
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46448574
0x83
(109)
1
0x26
(38)
----
31038
uint
R
Timer (1)
Produced Set Point 1
View the value of Set
Point 1.
-1999.000 to
999.000°F or
units
-1110.555 to
5555.000
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46468576
0x83
(109)
1
0x27
(39)
----
31039
float
R
Timer (1)
Timer Event Output 1
View the state of
Event Output 1.
on On (63)
oFF Off (62)
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46488578
0x83
(109)
1
0x28
(40)
----
31040
uint
R
Timer (1)
Timer Event Output 2
View the state of
Event Output 2.
on On (63)
oFF Off (62)
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46508580
0x83
(109)
1
0x29
(41)
----
31041
uint
R
Timer (1)
Timer Event Output 3
View the state of
Event Output 3.
on On (63)
oFF Off (62)
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46628590
0x83
(109)
1
0x2E
(46)
----
31046
uint
R
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
55
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
Operations Page
Display
t.r
t.r
r.bS
r.bS
hoUr
hoUr
ЛЏin
Min
SEC
SEC
Ct.SP
Ct.SP
Parameter Name
Description
Data
CIP
Type
Modbus
Class
Pro- Paramand
Default Relative Ad- Instance fibus
eter
Acdress
Attribute Index
ID
cess
hex (dec)
**
7
Instance 1
0x83
- - - - 31021 string
(131)
Map 1 Map 2
R
1
- - - - - - - 0x15 (21)
---Instance 1
0x83
- - - - 31022 uint
(131)
Map 1 Map 2
R
1
46128542
0x16 (22)
Range
Timer
Time Remaining
Display the time remaining on the timer.
00.00 00:00 to
Timer
Ready Band State
Display whether the
process value is in the
ready band.
yES Yes (106)
no No (59)
Timer
Hours
Set the timer period
hours.
0 to 99
0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46188548
0x83
---(131)
1
0x19 (25)
31025
uint
RWES
Timer
Minutes
Set the timer period
minutes.
0 to 59
0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46208550
0x83
---(131)
1
0x1A (26)
31026
uint
RWES
Timer
Seconds
Set the timer period
seconds.
0 to 59
10
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46228552
0x83
---(131)
1
0x1B (27)
31027
uint
RWES
75
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46248554
0x83
---(131)
1
0x1C (28)
31028
float
RWES
99:59
Timer
-1999.000 to
Closed Loop Timer Set
9999.000°F or
Point
units
Set the set point that
-1110.555 to
will be in effect during 5555.000°C
the timer period.
No Dis- Timer
play
Timer Timing
Indicates whether the
timer is running.
No Dis- Timer
play
Output Error
Indicates errors that
may have interfered
with the timer operation.
On (63)
Off (62)
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
45988528
0x83
---(131)
1
0x0F (15)
31015
uint
R
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement Error
(140)
Bad Calibration
Data (139)
Ambient Error (9)
RTD Error (141)
Fail (32)
Math Error (1423)
Not Sourced (246
Stale (1617)
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46048534
0x83
---(131)
1
0x12 (18)
31018
uint
R
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
56
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
Display
No Dis- Timer
play
Indicator Request
View the status of the
timer illuminated indicators.
No Dis- Timer
play
Countdown State
View the state of the
countdown cycle.
Data
CIP
Type
Modbus
Class
Pro- Paramand
Default Relative Ad- Instance fibus
eter
Acdress
Attribute Index
ID
cess
hex (dec)
**
---Instance 1
0x83
- - - - 31042 uint
(131)
Map 1 Map 2
R
1
46528582
0x2A (42)
Range
Off (62)
Ready (1662)
Ready Ack (1950)
Running (149)
Inactive (41)
Wait Process (209)
Wait Event (144)
Running (149)
Pause (146)
Complete (18)
End (27)
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46548584
0x83
---(131)
1
0x2B (43)
31043
uint
R
No Dis- Timer
0 to 4,294,967,295
play
Elapsed Signal Time
mS
Counts from 0 to Signal
Time while signal time
is active.
No Dis- Timer
0 to 4,294,967,295
play
Elapsed Time
mS
Counts from 0 to Countdown Time while time
cycle is active.
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46628592
0x83
---(131)
1
0x2F (47)
31047
udint
R
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46648594
0x83
---(131)
1
0x30 (48)
31048
udint
R
P.sta
opEr
Profile Status Menu
p.str
P.Str
p.ACr
PACr
Profile Status
Profile Start
Profile Status
Action Request
* Available with PM8/9 only.
* Some parameters in the Profile Status Menu can be changed for the currently running profile, but should only be changed by knowledgeable personnel
and with caution. Changing parameters via the Profile Status Menu will not
change the stored profile but will have an immediate impact on the profile
that is running. Changes made to profile parameters in the Profiling Pages
will be saved and will also have an immediate impact on the running profile.
1
1 to 40
Instance 1
0x7A
uint
204 22001
Map 1 Map 2 (122)
W
25204340 1
1
None
Instance 1
0x7A
uint
205 22011
nonE None (61)
Map 1 Map 2 (122)
W
stEp Step (89)
25404360 1
End Terminate
0xB (11)
(148)
rEsU Resume
(147)
paUs Pause (146)
prof Profile (77)
stp
StP
----
Profile Status
1 to 40
Current Step
0 (none)
View the currently running step.
Instance 1
0x7A
Map 1 Map 2 (122)
25264346 1
4
- - - - 22004
uint
R
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
57
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
Operations Page
Display
s.typ
S.typ
t.sp1
t.SP1
t.sp2
t.SP2
AC.SP
AC.SP
p.sp2
P.SP2
hoUr
hoUr
Parameter Name
Description
Data
CIP
Type
Modbus
Class
Pro- Paramand
Default Relative Ad- Instance fibus
eter
Acdress
Attribute Index
ID
cess
hex (dec)
**
---Instance 1 0x7A
uint
- - - - 22013
Map 1 Map 2 (122)
R
25444364 1
0xD (13)
Range
Profile Status
Ustp Unused
Step Type
Step (50)
View the currently runSoaH Soak (87)
ning step type.
ФІ.E Wait For
Event (144)
ФІ.pr Wait For
Process (209)
ФІ.bo Wait For
Process or Event
(210)
JL Jump (116)
End End (27)
CLoC Wait For
Time (1543)
ti Time (143)
ratE Ramp Rate
(81)
Profile Status
*Target Set Point Loop
1
View or change the
target set point of the
current step.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
0.0°F
Instance 1 0x7A
or units
Map 1 Map 2 (122)
-18.0°C
25424362 1
0xC (12)
- - - - 22012
float
RW
Profile Status
*Target Set Point Loop
2
View or change the
target set point of the
current step.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
0.0°F
Instance 1 0x7A
or units
Map 1 Map 2 (122)
-18.0°C
- - - - 4434 1
0x30
(48)
- - - - 22048
float
RW
Profile Status
Produced Set Point 1
Display the current set
point, even if the profile is ramping.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
Instance 1 - - - Map 1 Map 2
25284348
- - - - 22005
float
R
Profile Status
Produced Set Point 2
Display the current set
point, even if the profile is ramping.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
Instance 1 - - - Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 4440
- - - - 22051
float
R
Profile Status
Hours
Step time remaining in
hours.
0 to 9999
0
Instance 1 0x7A
Map 1 Map 2 (122)
- - - - 4494 1
0x4E
(78)
- - - - 22078
uint
RW
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
58
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
Operations Page
Display
ЛЏin
Min
SEC
SEC
Ent1
Ent1
Ent2
Ent2
JC
JC
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Profile Status
Minutes
Step time remaining in
minutes.
0 to 59
Profile Status
Seconds
Step time remaining in
seconds.
0 to 59
Profile Status
*Event 1
View or change the
event output states.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
Profile Status
*Event 2
View or change the
event output states.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
Profile Status
Jump Count Remaining
View the jump counts
remaining for the current loop. In a profile
with nested loops, this
may not indicate the
actual jump counts remaining.
0 to 9,999
No Dis- Profile Status
play
Profile State
Read current Profile
state.
No Dis- Profile Status
play
Current File
Indicates current file
being executed.
Data
CIP
Type
Modbus
Class
Pro- Paramand
Default Relative Ad- Instance fibus
eter
Acdress
Attribute Index
ID
cess
hex (dec)
**
0
Instance 1 0x7A
uint
- - - - 22077
Map 1 Map 2 (122)
RW
- - - - 4492 1
0x4D
(77)
0
Instance 1 0x7A
uint
- - - - 22076
Map 1 Map 2 (122)
RW
- - - - 4490 1
0x4C
(76)
Off
Instance 1 0x7A
uint
- - - - 22014
Map 1 Map 2 (122)
RW
25464366 1
0xE (14)
Off
Instance 1 0x7A
uint
- - - - 22015
Map 1 Map 2 (122)
RW
2548 4368 1
0xF (15)
---Instance 1 0x7A
uint
- - - - 22010
Map 1 Map 2 (122)
R
25384358 1
0xA (10)
Off (62)
Running (149)
Pause (146)
----
Instance 1 0x7A
Map 1 Map 2 (122)
25244344 1
2
- - - - 22002
uint
R
1 to 25
0 (none)
----
Instance 1 0x7A
Map 1 Map 2 (122)
25224342 1
3
- - - - 22003
uint
R
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
59
•
Chapter 5 Operations Page
6
Chapter 6: Setup Page
Navigating the Setup Page
To navigate to the Setup Page follow the steps below:
1.From the Home Page, press and hold both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for six seconds. Ai
will appear in the upper display and SEt will appear in the lower display. If the up and down
arrow keys are released where opEr is displayed, simply press and hold those same keys for
an additional 3 seconds.
Note: (for firmware release 13 and below)
If keys are released when opEr is displayed, press the Infinity Key ˆ or reset key to exit
and repeat until SEt is displayed.
2.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.
3.Press the Advance Key ‰ to enter the menu of choice.
4.If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and
then press the Advance Key ‰ to enter.
5.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.
6.Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu, submenu to menu, menu to Home Page.
7.Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.
On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.
Note:
Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is
only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.
Note:
Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon
controller part number.
P.EL Process Error Low Lnr
Ai
Value
sEt Analog Input Menu
sEt Linearization Menu
t.
C
Thermistor
Curve
sEn Sensor Type
fn Function
r.
r
Resistance
Range
Lin TC Linearization
sfn.aSource Function A
fiL
Filter
rtL RTD Leads
Si.a Source Instance A
i.
E
r
Input
Error
Latch-
UnitUnits
sz.a Source Zone A
ing
s.Lo Scale Low
UnitUnits
dEC Display Precision
s.hi Scale High
ip.1 Input Point 1
i.Ca Calibration Offset *
r.Lo Range Low
op.1 Output Point 1
ain Analog Input Value *
r.hi Range High
ip.2 Input Point 2
i.Er Input Error *
P.EE Process Error En-
op.2 Output Point 2
able
ip.3 Input Point 3
** These parameters/prompts are available with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
60
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
op.3 Output Point 3
ip.4 Input Point 4
op.4 Output Point 4
ip.5 Input Point 5
op.5 Output Point 5
ip.6 Input Point 6
op.6 Output Point 6
ip.7 Input Point 7
op.7 Output Point 7
ip.8 Input Point 8
op.8 Output Point 8
ip.q Input Point 9
op.q Output Point 9
ip.10Input Point 10
op.10Output Point 10
SP.hiMaximum Manual Loop
sEt Control Loop Menu
Power
o.sp Manual Power *
C.ЛЏ Control Mode *
Heat Algorithm
Cool Algorithm
Cool Output Curve otpt
Heat Proportional sEt Output Menu
Band *
1
h.hy On/Off Heat Hyster- otpt Output (1 to 2)
esis *
fn Function
C.pb Cool Proportional o.Ct Time Base Type
Band *
o.tb Fixed Time Base
C.hy On/Off Cool Hyster-
o.Lo Low Power Scale
esis *
o.hi High Power Scale
ti Time Integral *
otpt Output Process 1
td Time Derivative *
o.ty Type
db Dead Band *
Pu
t.tUnTRU-TUNE+® Enable fn Function
r.sr Retransmit Source
sEt Process Value
t.bndTRU-TUNE+ Band
fi Output Function In-
fn Function
t.gn TRU-TUNE+ Gain
stance
p.untPressure Units
a.tspAutotune Set Point *
s.Lo Scale Low
a.untAltitude Units
t.agrAutotune Aggressive-
s.hi Scale High
ness
b.pr Barometric Pres-
r.Lo Range Low
p.dL Peltier Delay
sure
Ufa Auto-to-Manual Pow- r.hi Range High
fiL Filter
o.Ca Calibration Offset
er
dio
faiLInput Error Power
aLЛЏ
sEt Digital Input/Output ЛЏanFixed Power
sEt Alarm Menu
Menu
L.dE Open Loop Detect 1
5
Enable
dio Digital Input/Output (5 L.dt Open Loop Detect aLЛЏ Alarm (1 to 4)
to 6)
a.ty Type
Time
dir Direction
L.dd Open Loop Detect sr.a Alarm Source
fn Function
a.hy Hysteresis
Deviation
fi Output Function In- rp Ramp Action
a.Lg Logic
stance
a.sd Sides
r.sC Ramp Scale
o.Ct Time Base Type
a.Lo Low Set Point *
r.rt Ramp Rate
o.tb Fixed Time Base
L.sp Minimum Set Point a.hi High Set Point *
o.Lo Low Power Scale
h.sp Maximum Set Point a.La Latching
o.hi High Power Scale
a.bL Blocking
C.sp Set Point*
LEv Active Level
a.si Silencing
id.s Idle Set Point *
fn Action Function
sp.LoMinimum Manual a.dspDisplay
fi Function Instance
Power
a.dL Delay Time
a.CLrClear Alarm *
h.ag
C.ag
C.Cr
h.pb
* Available with PM4, PM8 and PM9 models only
** These parameters/prompts are available with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
61
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
a.sirSilence Alarm *
a.st Alarm State *
tЛЏr
SEt Timer Menu
ti.EnTimer Enable
ti.StTimer Start Method
SFn.ASource Function A
Si.A Source Instance A
SFn.CSource Function C
Si.C Source Instance C
SFn.dSource Function D
Si.d Source Instance D
t.r Time Remaining
r.bS Ready Band State
rdy Ready Band
t.ForTime Format
hoUrHours
ЛЏinMinutes
SEC Seconds
Ct.SPClosed Loop Timer St
Set Point
Signal Time
fUn
sEt Function Menu
1
fUn Function Key (1 to 2)
LEv Active Level
Fn Action Function
fi Function Instance
C.LEdCommunications LED Action
2onEZone
ChanChannel
d.prsDisplay Pairs
d.ti Display Time
Usr.sSave Settings As
Usr.rRestore Settings From
COЛЏ
sEt Communications Menu
pCoLProtocol
a.ds Standard Bus Ad-
dress
ad.ЛЏModbus Address
baUdBaud Rate
par Parity
ЛЏ.hLModbus Word Order
C_f Display Units
ЛЏapData Map
nU.s Non-volatile Save
rtC
sEt Real Time Clock
hoUrHours
ЛЏinMinutes
doФІDay of Week
gLbL
sEt Global Menu
C_f Display Units
aC.LfAC Line Frequency
r.typRamping Type
p.typProfile Type
gsE Guaranteed Soak En-
able
gsd1Guaranteed Soak De-
viation 1
si.a Source Instance A
si.b Source Instance B
potiPower Off Time
sutbSynchronized Vari-
able Time Base
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
62
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Ai
sEt
Analog Input Menu
sEn
SEn
Analog Input
Sensor Type
Set the analog sensor type to match
the device wired to
this input.
Note:
There is no open
sensor protection
for process inputs.
off Off (62)
tC Thermocouple
(95)
ЛЏu Millivolts (56)
voLt Volts dc (104)
ЛЏa Milliamps dc
ThermoInstance 1
couple or Map 1 Map 2
Thermis- 368368
tor
0x68
(104)
1
5
3
4005
uint
RWES
J
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
370370
0x68
(104)
1
6
4
4006
uint
RWES
2
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
372372
0x68
(104)
1
7
----
4007
uint
RWES
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 442
0x68
(104)
1
0x2A
(42)
5
4042
uint
RWES
(112)
r0.1H RTD 100 Ω
(113)
r1.0H RTD 1,000 Ω
(114)
pot Potentiometer 1
kΩ (155)
thEr Thermistor
(229)
Lin
Lin
rt.L
rt.L
Unit
Unit
Analog Input
TC Linearization
Set the linearization
to match the thermocouple wired to
this input.
b B (11)
C C (15) d D (23)
E E (26)
f F (30)
J J (46)
Analog Input
RTD Leads
Set to match the
number of leads on
the RTD wired to
this input.
2 2 (1)
3 3 (2)
H K (48)
n N (58)
r R (80)
s S (84)
t T (93)
Analog Input
a.tp Absolute Tem- Process
Units
perature (1540)
Set the type of units
rh Relative Humidity
the sensor will mea(1538)
sure.
pro Process (75)
PФІr Power (73)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
63
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
s.Lo
S.Lo
s.hi
S.hi
r.Lo
r.Lo
r.hi
r.hi
p.EE
P.EE
p.EL
P.EL
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Analog Input
-100.00 to 1,000.00
Scale Low
Set the low scale for
process inputs. This
value, in millivolts,
volts or milliamps,
will correspond to
the Range Low output of this function
block.
0.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
388 388
Analog Input
-100.00 to 1,000.00
Scale High
Set the high scale
for process inputs.
This value, in millivolts, volts or milliamperes, will correspond to the Range
High output of this
function block.
20.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
390 390
0x68
(104)
1
0x10
(16)
Analog Input
Range Low
Set the low range
for this function
block's output.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
0.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
392 392
Analog Input
Range High
Set the high range
for this function
block's output.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
9,999
Analog Input
Process Error Enable
Turn the Process Error Low feature on
or off.
off Off (62)
LoФІ Low (53)
Analog Input
Process Error Low
Value
If the process value
drops below this
value, it will trigger
an input error.
-100.00 to 1,000.00
0x68 6
(104)
1
0xF (15)
4015
float
RWES
7
4016
float
RWES
0x68
(104)
1
0x11
(17)
8
4017
float
RWES
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
394 394
0x68
(104)
1
0x12
(18)
9
4018
float
RWES
Off
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
418 418
0x68
(104)
1
0x1E
(30)
10
4030
uint
RWES
0.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
420 420
0x68
(104)
1
0x1F
(31)
11
4031
float
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
64
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
t.C
t.C
r.r
r.r
fiL
FiL
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
Analog Input
Thermistor Curve
Select a curve to apply to the thermistor
input.
Curve A
a Curve A (1451)
b Curve B (1452)
C Curve C (1453)
CUst Custom (180)
Analog Input
Resistance Range
Set the maximum
resistance of the
thermistor input.
5 5K (1448)
10 10K (1360)
20 20K (1361)
40 40K (1449)
Analog Input
0.0 to 60.0 seconds
Filter
Filtering smooths
out the process signal to both the display and the input.
Increase the time to
increase filtering.
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
434 434
0x68
(104)
1
0x26
(38)
----
4038
uint
RWES
40K
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
432 432
0x68
(104)
1
0x25
(37)
----
4037
uint
RWES
0.5
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
386386
4014
float
RWES
Off
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
414 414
0x68
(104)
1
0x1C
(28)
----
4028
uint
RWES
0x68
(104)
1
0x14
(20)
----
4020
uint
RWES
4012
float
RWES
0x68 12
(104)
1
0xE (14)
Note:
Filter does not apply to the Limit
sensor but does
apply to all other
functions.
i.Er
i.Er
dEC
dEC
Analog Input
Input Error Latching
Turn input error
latching on or off. If
latching is on, errors
must be manually
cleared.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
Analog Input
Display Precision
Set the precision of
the displayed value.
Whole
0 Whole (105)
0.0 Tenths (94)
0.00 Hundredths (40)
0.000 Thousandths
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
398 398
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,110.555 to
5,555.000°C
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
382 382
(96)
i.Ca
i.CA
Analog Input
Calibration Offset *
Offset the input
reading to compensate for lead wire
resistance or other
factors that cause
the input reading to
vary from the actual
process value.
0.0
0x68 2
(104)
1
0xC (12)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
65
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
ain
Ain
i.Er
i.Er
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
Analog Input
Analog Input Value
*
View the process
value.
Note:
Ensure that the Error Status (below)
indicates no error
(61) when reading
this value using a
field bus protocol.
If an error exists,
the last known value
prior to the error
occurring will be returned.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
Analog Input
Input Error *
View the cause of
the most recent error.
---nonE None (61)
OpEn Open (65)
shrt Shorted (127)
E.ЛЏ Measurement Er-
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
360 360
----
0x68
(104)
1
1
0
4001
float
R
Instance 1 0x68
Map 1 Map 2 (104)
362 442 1
2
1
4002
uint
R
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3568
155
34005 uint
RWES
ror (140)
E.CaL Bad Calibration
Data (139)
Er.ab Ambient Error
(9)
E.rtd RTD Error (141)
faiL Fail (32)
Lnr
sEt
Linearization Menu
Fn
Fn
Linearization
Function
Set how this function will linearize
Source A.
Off
off Off (62)
intr Interpolated
(1482)
0x86
(134)
1
5
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
66
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
Unit
Unit
ip.1
ip.1
op.1
op.1
ip.2
ip.2
op.2
op.2
ip.3
ip.3
op.3
op.3
ip.4
ip.4
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Linearization
Units
Set the units of the
output value.
src Source (1539)
nonE None (61)
a.tp Absolute Tem-
Source
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3616
0x86
(134)
1
0x1D
(29)
156
34029 uint
RWES
Linearization
Input Point 1
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 1.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
0.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3574
0x86
(134)
1
8
157
34008 float
RWES
Linearization
Output Point 1
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 1.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
0.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3594
0x86
(134)
1
0x12
(18)
158
34018 float
RWES
Linearization
Input Point 2
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 2.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
1.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3576
0x86
(134)
1
9
159
34009 float
RWES
Linearization
Output Point 2
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 2.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
1.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3596
0x86
(134)
1
0x13
(19)
160
34019 float
RWES
Linearization
Input Point 3
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 3.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
2.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3578
0x86 161
(134)
1
0xA (10)
34010 float
RWES
Linearization
Output Point 3
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 3.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
2.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3598
Linearization
Input Point 4
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 4.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
3.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3580
perature (1540)
r.tp Relative Temperature (1541)
pФІr Power (73)
pro Process (75)
rh Relative Humidity
(1538)
0x86
(134)
1
0x14
(20)
162
34020 float
RWES
0x86 163
(134)
1
0xB (11)
34011 float
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
67
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
op.4
op.4
ip.5
ip.5
op.5
op.5
ip.6
ip.6
op.6
op.6
ip.7
ip.7
op.7
op.7
ip.8
ip.8
op.8
op.8
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Linearization
Output Point 4
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 4.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
3.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3600
Linearization
Input Point 5
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 5.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
4.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3582
Linearization
Output Point 5
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 5.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
4.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3602
Linearization
Input Point 6
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 6.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
5.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3584
Linearization
Output Point 6
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 6.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
5.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3604
0x86
(134)
1
0x17
(23)
168
34023 float
RWES
Linearization
Input Point 7
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 7.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
6.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3586
0x86
(134)
1
E (14)
169
34014 float
RWES
Linearization
Output Point 7
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 7.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
6.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3606
0x86
(134)
1
0x18
(24)
170
34024 float
RWES
Linearization
Input Point 8
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 8.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
7.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3588
0x86 171
(134)
1
0xF (15)
34015 float
RWES
Linearization
Output Point 8
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 8.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
7.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3608
0x86
(134)
1
0x15
(21)
164
34021 float
RWES
0x86 165
(134)
1
0xC (12)
34012 float
RWES
0x86
(134)
1
0x16
(22)
166
34022 float
RWES
0x86 167
(134)
1
0xD (13)
34013 float
RWES
0x86
(134)
1
0x19
(25)
172
34025 float
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
68
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
ip.q
ip.9
op.q
op.9
ip.10
ip.10
op.10
op.10
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Linearization
Input Point 9
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 9.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
8.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3590
0x86
(134)
1
0x10
(16)
173
34016 float
RWES
Linearization
Output Point 9
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 9.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
8.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3610
0x86
(134)
1
0x1A
(26)
174
34026 float
RWES
Linearization
Input Point 10
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 10.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
9.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3592
0x86
(134)
1
0x11
(17)
175
34017 float
RWES
Linearization
Output Point 10
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 10.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
9.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3612
0x86
(134)
1
0x1B
(27)
176
34027 float
RWES
Process Value
Off
off Off (62)
Function
aLt Pressure to AltiSet the function
tude (1649)***
that will be applied
to the source or
sources.
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3320
0x7E
(126)
1
0x15
(21)
123
26021 uint
RWES
Process Value
PSI
psi Pounds per
Pressure Units***
Square Inch (1671)
If Process Value
pasc Pascal (1674)
function is set for
Pressure to Altitude atЛЏ Atmosphere
units, define units (1675)
of measure for con- ЛЏbr Millibar (1672)
version.
torr Torr (1673)
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3334
0x7E
(126)
1 to 2
0x1C
(28)
----
26028 uint
RWES
Pu
sEt
Process Value Menu
fn
Fn
p.unt
P.unt
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
69
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
a.unt
A.unt
b.pr
b.Pr
fiL
FiL
Parameter Name
Description
Process Value
Altitude Units***
If Process Value
function is set for
Pressure to Altitude
units, define units
of measure for conversion.
Range
Default
Hft Kilofeet (1677) HFt
ft Feet (1676)
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3336
0x7E
(126)
1
0x1D
(29)
----
26029 uint
RWES
Process Value
10.0 to 16.0
Barometric Pressure***
If Process Value
function is set for
Wet Bulb / Dry
Bulb, define pressure value used for
humidity calculation.
14.7
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3338
0x7E
(126)
1
0x1E
(30)
----
26030 float
RWES
Process Value
0.0 to 60.0 seconds
Filter
Filtering smooths
out the output signal of this function
block. Increase the
time to increase
filtering.
0.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3330
0x7E
(126)
1
0x1A
(26)
----
26026 float
RWES
82
6001
*** Pressure Altitude calculation is based on the International Standard Atmosphere 1976
dio
sEt
Digital Input/Output Menu
dir
dir
Digital Input/Output otpt Output (68)
Output
(5 to 6)
iCon Input Dry ConDirection
Set this function to tact (44)
operate as an input in Input Voltage
(193)
or output.
Instance 5
Map 1 Map 2
1000 1120
Offset to
next instance
(Map 1
& Map 2)
equals +30
0x6A
(106)
5 to 6
1
uint
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
70
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
fn
Fn
Parameter Name
Description
Digital Output (5
to 6)
Function
Select what function will drive this
output.
Range
Default
Instance 5
Map 1 Map 2
1008 1128
Off
off Off (62)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
hEat Heat (36)
CooL Cool (20)
tE.o1 Timer Event
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Offset to
next instance
(Map 1 & Map
2) equals +30
Output 1 (1951)
tE.o2 Timer Event
Output 2 (1952)
tE.o3 Timer Event
Output 3 (1953)
Ent.a Profile Event
Out A (233)
0x 6A
(106)
5 to 6
5
83
6005
uint
RWES
0x6A
(106)
5 to 6
6
84
6006
uint
RWES
0x6A
(106)
5 to 6
2
85
6002
uint
RWES
0x6A
(106)
5 to 6
3
86
6003
float
RWES
Ent.b Profile Event
Out B (234)
h.Er Heater Error
(184)
fi
Fi
o.Ct
o.Ct
o.tb
o.tb
Digital Output (5
to 6)
Output Function
Instance
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 4
Instance 5
Map 1 Map 2
1010 1130
1
Offset to
next instance
(Map 1 & Map
2) equals +30
Digital Output (5
ftb Fixed Time Base Fixed
to 6)
Time
(34)
Time Base Type
vtb Variable Time Base
Set the time base
Base (103)
type. This parameter is only used
with PID control,
but can be set anytime.
Digital Output (5
0.1 to 60.0 seconds
to 6)
Fixed Time Base
Set the time base
for fixed-time-base
control.
Instance 5
Map 1 Map 2
1002 1122
Offset to
next instance
(Map 1 & Map
2) equals +30
Instance 5
Map 1 Map 2
1004 1124
1.0
Offset to
next instance
(Map 1 & Map
2) equals +30
Note:
Modbus Map 1
has instances 5
through 8 only
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
71
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
o.Lo
o.Lo
o.hi
o.hi
LEu
LEv
LEu
LEv
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
Digital Output (5
0.0 to 100.0%
to 6)
Low Power Scale
The power output
will never be less
than the value
specified and will
represent the value
at which output
scaling begins.
0.0
Digital Output (5
0.0 to 100.0%
to 6)
High Power Scale
The power output
will never be greater than the value
specified and will
represent the value
at which output
scaling stops.
100.0
Digital Input (5 to 6)
Active Level
Select which action
will be interpreted
as a true state.
high High (37)
LoФІ Low (53)
High
Digital Input (7 to
12)
Active Level
Select which action
will be interpreted
as a true state.
high High (37)
LoФІ Low (53)
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Instance 5
Map 1 Map 2
1016 1136
Offset to
next instance
(Map 1 & Map
2) equals +30
Instance 5
Map 1 Map 2
10181138
Offset to
next instance
(Map 1 & Map
2) equals +30
Instance 5
Map 1 Map 2
1320 1560
Offset to
next instance
(Map 1 & Map
2) equals +20
Instance 7
Map 1 Map 2
14001640
High
Offset to
next instance
Map 2 equals
+20
Note:
Modbus Map 1 has
instances 7 and 8
only
0x6A
(106)
5 to 6
9
87
6009
float
RWES
0x6A
(106)
5 to 6
A (10)
88
6010
float
RWES
0x6E
(110)
5 to 6
1
137
10001 uint
RW
0x6E
(110)
7 to C
(12)
1
137
10001 uint
RW
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
72
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
Fn
Fn
Parameter Name
Description
Digital Input (5 to 6)
Action Function
Select the function that will be
triggered by a true
state for Digital Inputs 5 to 6.
Range
Default
Instance 5
Map 1 Map 2
1324 1564
None
nonE None (61)
s.stp Start Step
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
(1077)
P.StS Profile Start/
Offset to
next instance
(Map 1 & Map
2) equals +20
Stop, level triggered
(208)
ProF Start Profile,
edge triggered (196)
P.hoL Profile Hold/
Resume, level triggered (207)
P.diS Profile Disable, level triggered
(206)
t.da TRU-TUNE+®
Disable, level triggered (219)
oFF Switch Control
Loop Off, level triggered (90)
ЛЏAn Manual, level
triggered (54)
tUnE Tune, edge
triggered (98)
idLE Idle Set Point,
level triggered (107)
F.AL Force Alarm to
occur, level triggered (218)
AoF Control Loops
Off and Alarms to
Non-alarm State,
level triggered (220)
SiL Silence Alarms,
edge triggered (108)
ALЛЏ Alarm Reset,
edge triggered (6)
P.LoC Keypad Lockout, level triggered
(217)
usr.r User Set Restore, edge triggered (227)
0x6E
(110)
5 to 6
3
138
10003 uint
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
73
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
Fi
Fi
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
Digital Input (5 to 6) 0 to 40
Function Instance
Select which Digital
Input will be triggered by a true
state.
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Instance 5
Map 1 Map 2
1326 1566
0
Offset to
next instance
(Map 1 & Map
2) equals +20
0x6E
(110)
5 to 6
4
139
10004 uint
RWES
Loop
sEt
Control Loop Menu
h.ag
h.Ag
C.ag
C.Ag
C.Cr
C.Cr
h.pb
h.Pb
h.hy
h.hy
Control Loop
Heat Algorithm
Set the heat control method.
off Off (62)
pid PID (71)
on.of On-Off (64)
PID
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1884 2364
0x97
(151)
1
3
72
8003
uint
RWES
Control Loop
Cool Algorithm
Set the cool control
method.
off Off (62)
pid PID (71)
on.of On-Off (64)
Off
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1886 2366
0x97
(151)
1
4
73
8004
uint
RWES
Control Loop
Cool Output Curve
Select a cool
output curve to
change the responsiveness of
the system.
Off
off Off (62)
Cr.a Non-linear Curve
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1888 2368
0x97
(151)
1
5
----
8038
uint
RWES
Control Loop
Heat Proportional
Band *
Set the PID proportional band for
the heat outputs.
0.001 to 9,999.000°F 25.0°F
or units
or units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C 14.0°C
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
18902370
0x97
(151)
1
6
65
8009
float
RWES
Control Loop
0.001 to 9,999.000°F 3.0°F or
On / Off Heat Hys- or units
units
teresis *
0.001 to 5,555.000°C 2.0°C
Set the control
switching hysteresis for on-off control. This determines how far into
the “on” region
the process value
needs to move
before the output
turns on.
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
19002380
0x97
66
(151)
1
0xB (11)
8010
float
RWES
1 (214)
Cr.b Non-linear Curve
2 (215)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
74
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
C.pb
C.Pb
C.hy
C.hy
ti
ti
td
td
db
db
Parameter Name
Description
Control Loop
Cool Proportional
Band *
Set the PID proportional band for
the cool outputs.
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
0.001 to 9,999.000°F 25.0°F
or units
or units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C 14.0°C
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
18922372
0x97
(151)
1
7
67
8012
float
RWES
Control Loop
0.001 to 9,999.000°F 3.0°F or
On/Off Cool Hysor units
units
teresis *
0.001 to 5,555.000°C 2.0°C
Set the control
switching hysteresis for on-off control. This determines how far into
the “on” region
the process value
needs to move
before the output
turns on.
180 secControl Loop
0 to 9,999 seconds
onds per
Time Integral *
per repeat
repeat
Set the PID integral for the outputs.
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
19022382
0x97
(151)
1
0xC
(12)
68
8013
float
RWES
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
18942374
0x97
(151)
1
8
69
8006
float
RWES
Control Loop
0 to 9,999 seconds
Time Derivative *
Set the PID derivative time for the
outputs.
0
seconds
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
18962376
0x97
(151)
1
9
70
8007
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
-1,000.0 to
2)
1,000.0°F or units
Dead Band *
-556 to 556°C
Set the offset to
the proportional
band. With a negative value, both
heating and cooling outputs are
active when the
process value is
near the set point.
A positive value
keeps heating and
cooling outputs
from fighting each
other.
0.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
18982378
0x97
71
(151)
1 to 2
0xA (10)
8008
float
RWES
Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
1968 2448
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
75
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
t.tUn
t.tUn
t.bnd
t.bnd
t.gn
t.gn
a.tsp
A.tSP
t.agr
t.Agr
Parameter Name
Description
Control Loop
TRU-TUNE+® Enable
Enable or disable
the TRU-TUNE+
adaptive tuning
feature.
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
No
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1910 2390
Control Loop
0 to 100
TRU-TUNE+ Band
Set the range, centered on the set
point, within which
TRU-TUNE+ will be
in effect. Use this
function only if the
controller is unable
to adaptive tune
automatically.
0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1912 2392
0x97
(151)
1
0x11
(17)
Control Loop
1 to 6
TRU-TUNE+ Gain
Select the responsiveness of
the TRU-TUNE+
adaptive tuning
calculations. More
responsiveness may
increase overshoot.
3
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1914 2394
Control Loop
Autotune Set Point
*
Set the set point
that the autotune
will use, as a percentage of the
current set point.
90.0
no No (59)
yEs Yes (106)
50 to 200%
Control Loop
Undr Under damped Critical
Autotune Aggres(99)
siveness
Crit Critical
Select the aggresdamped (21)
siveness of the
autotuning calcula- ovEr Over damped
(69)
tions.
0x97 - - - (151)
1
10 (16)
8022
uint
RWES
----
8034
uint
RWES
0x97
(151)
1
0x12
(18)
----
8035
uint
RWES
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
19182398
0x97
(151)
1
0x14
(20)
----
8025
float
RWES
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1916 2396
0x97
(151)
1
0x13
(19)
----
8024
uint
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
76
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
p.dL
P.dL
Ufa
UFA
faiL
FAiL
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
Control Loop
Peltier Delay
Set a value that
will cause a delay when switching from heat PID
mode to cool PID
mode.
0.0 to 5.0 seconds
Control Loop
Auto-to-Manual
Power
Select what the
controller outputs will do when
the user switches
control to manual
mode.
off Off, sets output User
Control Loop
Input Error Power
Select what the
controller outputs
will do when an input error switches
control to manual
mode.
off Off, sets output User
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1934 2414
0.0
power to 0% (62)
bpLs Bumpless
transfer, maintains
same output power,
if it was less than 75%
and stable, otherwise
0% (14)
ЛЏan Fixed Power,
sets output power to
Fixed Power setting
(54)
UsEr User, sets
output power to last
open-loop set point
the user entered
(100)
power to 0% (62)
bpLs Bumpless
transfer, maintains
same output power,
if it was less than 75%
and stable, otherwise
0% (14)
ЛЏan Fixed Power,
sets output power to
Fixed Power setting
(54)
UsEr User, sets
output power to last
open-loop set point
the user entered
(100)
0x97
(151)
1
0x1C
(28)
----
8051
float
RWES
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2182 2662
0x6B - - - (107)
1
0xC (12)
7012
uint
RWES
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2184 2664
0x6B - - - (107)
1
0xD (13)
7013
uint
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
77
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Control Loop
Fixed Power
Set the manual
output power level
that will take effect if an input error failure occurs
while User Failure
Action is set to
Fixed Power.
Set Point Open Loop 0.0
Limit Low to Set
Point Open Loop Limit High (Setup Page)
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2180 2660
Control Loop
Open Loop Detect
Enable
Select Yes to detect conditions that
prevent the process from changing
in specified time
frame by a specified amount when
PID power is at
100%. An open loop
detect error will
disable the control
loop.
no No (59)
yEs Yes (106)
No
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1922 2402
0x97
(151)
1
0x16
(22)
No Display
Control Loop
Open Loop Error
Status
View the cause of
the most recent
error.
none (61)
Open Loop (1274)
Reversed Sensor
(1275)
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1928 2408
L.dt
Control Loop
0 to 3,600 seconds
Open Loop Detect
Time
Process must deviate by the Open
Loop Detect Deviation value in
the specified time,
while at 100% PID
power, otherwise
an Open Loop Detect event is triggered.
240
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1924 2404
ЛЏan
MAn
L.dE
L.dE
L.dt
0x6B - - - (107)
1
0xB (11)
7011
float
RWES
74
8039
uint
RWES
0x97
(151)
1
0x19
(25)
----
8048
uint
R
0x97
(151)
1
0x17
(23)
75
8040
uint
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
78
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
L.dd
L.dd
rp
rP
r.sC
r.SC
r.rt
r.rt
L.sp
L.SP
h.sp
h.SP
C.sp
C.SP
Parameter Name
Description
Control Loop
Open Loop Detect
Deviation
Process must deviate by this value
in the Open Loop
Detect Time while
at 100% PID power
to prevent an open
loop error.
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
10.0°F or Instance 1
units
Map 1 Map 2
6.0°C
1926 2406
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,110.555 to
5,555.000°C
0x97
(151)
1
0x18
(24)
76
8041
float
RWES
Control Loop
off Off (62)
Ramp Action
str Startup (88)
Select when the
stpt Set Point
controller's set
point will ramp to Change (85)
the defined end set both Both (13)
point.
Off
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2186 2666
0x6B 56
(107)
1
0xE (14)
7014
uint
RWES
Control Loop
Ramp Scale
Select the scale of
the ramp rate.
Minutes
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2188 2668
0x6B 57
(107)
1
0xF (15)
7015
uint
RWES
hoUr Hours (39)
ЛЏin Minutes (57)
Control Loop
0.0 to 9,999.000°F or 1.0°F or
Ramp Rate
units
units
Set the rate for the 0.0 to 5,555.000°C
1.0°C
set point ramp. Set
the time units for
the rate with the
Ramp Scale parameter.
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2192 2672
0x6B
(107)
1
0x11
(17)
58
7017
float
RWES
0x6B
(107)
1
3
52
7003
float
RWES
Control Loop
Minimum Set Point
Set the minimum
value of the closed
loop set point
range.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
-1,999°F
Instance 1
or units Map 1 Map 2
-1,128°C 2164 2644
Control Loop
Maximum Set Point
Set the maximum
value of the closed
loop set point
range.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
9,999°F
or units
5,537°C
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2166 2646
0x6B
(107)
1
4
53
7004
float
RWES
Control Loop
Set Point *
Set the set point
that the controller
will automatically
control to.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
75.0°F
or units
24.0°C
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
21602640
0x6B
(107)
1
1
49
7001
float
RWES
Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
2244 2724
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
79
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
id.s
id.S
sp.Lo
SP.Lo
sp.hi
SP.hi
o.sp
o.SP
C.ЛЏ
C.M
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Control Loop
Idle Set Point *
Set a closed loop
set point that can
be triggered by an
event state.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
75.0°F
or units
24.0°C
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
21762656
0x6B
(107)
1
9
50
7009
float
RWES
Control Loop
Minimum Manual
Power
Set the minimum
value of the openloop set point
range.
-100.0 to 100.0%
-100
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2168 2648
0x6B
(107)
1
5
54
7005
float
RWES
Control Loop
Maximum Manual
Power
Set the maximum
value of the openloop set point
range.
-100.0 to 100.0%
100
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2170 2650
0x6B
(107)
1
6
55
7006
float
RWES
Control Loop
Manual Power *
Set a fixed level
of output power
when in manual
(open-loop) mode.
-100.0 to 100.0%
(heat and cool) 0 to
100.0% (heat only)
-100.0 to 0% (cool
only)
0.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
21622642
0x6B
(107)
1
2
51
7002
float
RWES
Control Loop
Control Mode *
Select the method
that this loop will
use to control.
off Off (62)
aUto Auto (10)
ЛЏan Manual (54)
Auto
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
18802360
0x97
(151)
1
1
63
8001
uint
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
80
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
otpt
SEt
Output Menu
Fn
Fn
Fi
Fi
o.Ct
o.Ct
o.tb
o.tb
Output Digital (1
to 2)
Function
Select what function will drive this
output.
Output 1
Instance 1
oFF Off (62)
Heat
Map
1 Map 2
ALЛЏ Alarm (6)
Output
2
888
1008
hEat Heat (36)
Alarm
Cool Cool (20)
Offset to
tE.o1 Timer Event 1
83
6005 uint
RWES
0x6A
(106)
1 to 2
6
84
6006 uint
RWES
0x6A
(106)
1 to 2
2
85
6002 uint
RWES
0x6A
(106)
1 to 2
3
86
6003 float
RWES
next instance
(Map 1 & Map
2) equals +30
(1951)
tE.o2 Timer Event 2
(1952)
tE.o3 Timer Event 3
(1953)
Ent.A Profile Event
Out A (233)
Ent.b Profile Event
Out B (234)
h.Er Heater Error
(184)
Output Digital (1
1 to 4
to 2)
Output Function Instance
Set the instance of
the function selected above.
Output Digital (1
to 2)
Time Base Type
Set the time base
type. This parameter is only used with
PID control, but can
be set anytime.
0x6A
(106)
1 to 2
5
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
890 1010
1
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 & Map 2)
equals +30
Ftb Fixed Time Base Fixed
Time
Base
(34)
utb Variable Time
Base (103)
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
882 1002
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 & Map 2)
equals +30
Output Digital (1
0.1 to 60.0 seconds
1.0 sec.
Instance 1
to 2)
(solid-state relay or for SSR Map 1 Map 2
Fixed Time Base
switched dc)
or swdc 884 1004
Set the time base
5.0 to 60.0 seconds
5.0 for
for fixed-time-base
(mechanical relay
relay
Offset to
control.
or NO-ARC power
next incontrol)
stance (Map
1 & Map 2)
equals +30
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
81
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
o.Lo
o.Lo
o.hi
o.hi
o.ty
o.ty
Fn
Fn
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
Output Digital (1
0.0 to 100.0%
to 2)
Low Power Scale
The power output
will never be less
than the value
specified and will
represent the value
at which output
scaling begins.
0.0%
Output Digital (1
0.0 to 100.0%
to 2)
High Power Scale
The power output
will never be greater than the value
specified and will
represent the value
at which output
scaling stops.
100.0%
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
896 1016
0x6A
(106)
1 to 2
9
87
6009 float
RWES
0x6A
(106)
1 to 2
0x0A
(10)
88
6010 float
RWES
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
720 840
0x76
(118)
1
1
95
18001 uint
RWES
Off
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
722 842
0x76
(118)
1
2
96
18002 uint
RWES
Analog
Input
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
724 844
0x76
(118)
1
3
97
18003 uint
RWES
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 & Map 2)
equals +30
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
898 1018
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 & Map 2)
equals +30
Output Process (1)
Type
Select whether the
process output will
operate in volts or
milliamps.
Volts
uoLt Volts (104)
ЛЏA Milliamps (112)
Output Process (1)
Function
Set the type of
function that will
drive this output.
oFF Off (62)
hEat Heat (36)
CooL Cool (20)
dUpL Duplex (212)
ALЛЏ Alarm (6)
Ent.A Profile Event
Out A (233)
Ent.b Profile Event
Out B (234)
rЛЏt Retransmit
(213)
r.Sr
r.Sr
Output Process (1)
Retransmit Source
Select the value
that will be retransmitted.
Ai Analog Input
(142)
StPt Set Point (85)
CUrr Current Sample and hold (22)
Pu Process Value
(241)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
82
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
Fi
Fi
S.Lo
S.Lo
S.hi
S.hi
r.Lo
r.Lo
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Output Process (1)
1 to 4
Function Instance
Set the instance of
the function selected above.
1
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
726 846
0x76
(118)
1
4
98
18004 uint
RWES
Output Process (1)
-100.0 to 100.0
Scale Low
Set the scale low
for process output
in electrical units.
This value; in volts
or milliamps, will
correspond to 0%
PID power output or
range low retransmit output.
0.00
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
736 856
0x76
(118)
1
9
99
18009 float
RWES
Output Process (1)
-100.0 to 100.0
Scale High
Set the scale high
for process output
in
electrical units. This
value; in volts or
milliamps, will correspond to 100% PID
power output or
range high retransmit output.
10.00
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
738 858
0x76
(118)
1
0x0A
(10)
100
18010 float
RWES
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
740 860
0x76
(118)
1
0xB (11)
101
18011 float
RWES
Output Process (1)
-1,999.000 to
0.0°F or
Range Low
9,999.000°F or units units
Set the minimum
-1,128.000 to
-18°C
value of the re5,537.000°C
transmit value
range in process
units. When the
retransmit source
is at this value, the
retransmit output
will be at its Scale
Low value.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
83
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
r.hi
r.hi
o.CA
o.CA
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Output Process (1)
-1,999.000 to
100.0°F
Instance 1
Range High
9,999.000°F or units or units Map 1 Map 2
Set the maximum
-1,128.000 to
38.0°C
742 862
value of the re5,537.000°C
transmit value
range in process
units. When the
retransmit source
is at this value, the
retransmit output
will be at its Scale
High value.
0x76
(118)
1
0x0C
(12)
102
18012 float
RWES
Output Process (1)
Calibration Offset
Set an offset value
for a process output.
-1,999.000 to
0.0°F or
9,999.000°F or units units
-1,110.555 to
0.0°C
5,555.000°C
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
732 852
0x76
(118)
1
7
105
18007 float
RWES
Alarm (1 to 4)
Type
Select whether the
alarm trigger is a
fixed value or will
track the set point.
Off
oFF Off (62)
Pr.AL Process Alarm
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1508 1908
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
0xF (15)
20
9015 uint
RWES
Alarm (1 to 4)
Alarm Source
Select what will
trigger this alarm.
nonE None (61)
Ai Analog Input
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
0x11
(17)
21
9017 uint
RWES
ALЛЏ
SEt
Alarm Menu
A.ty
A.ty
Sr.A
Sr.A
(76)
dE.AL Deviation
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 +50, Map 2
+60)
Alarm (24)
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
15121912
(142)
Lnr Linearization
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 +50, Map 2
+60)
(238)
Pu Process Value
(241)
PФІr Power (73)
Ld.Cu Load Current
RMS (179)
CUrr Current Read
is Sample and Hold
(22)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
84
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
A.hy
A.hy
A.Lg
A.Lg
A.Sd
A.Sd
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
Alarm (1 to 4)
0.001 to 9,999.000°F 1.0°F or
Hysteresis
or units
units
Set the hysteresis
0.001 to 5,555.000°C 1.0°C
for an alarm. This
determines how far
into the safe region
the process value
needs to move before the alarm can
be cleared.
Alarm (1 to 4)
Logic
Select what the
output condition
will be during the
alarm state.
AL.C Energize on
Alarm (1 to 4)
Sides
Select which side
or sides will trigger
this alarm.
both Both (13)
high High (37)
LoФІ Low (53)
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1484 1884
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, Map 2
+60)
Close On
Instance 1
Alarm
Map 1 Map 2
1488 1888
alarm (17)
AL.o De-energize on
alarm (66)
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 +50, Map 2
+60)
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1486 1886
Both
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 +50, Map 2
+60)
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
3
24
9003 float
RWES
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
5
25
9005 uint
RWES
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
4
26
9004 uint
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
85
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
A.Lo
A.Lo
A.hi
A.hi
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Alarm (1 to 4)
Low Set Point
If Type (Setup
Page, Alarm Menu)
is set to:
Process - set the
process value that
will trigger a low
alarm.
Deviation - set
the span of units
from the closed
loop set point
that will trigger
a low alarm. A
negative set point
represents a value
below closed
loop set point. A
positive set point
represents a value
above closed loop
set point.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
32.0°F
Instance 1
or units Map 1 Map 2
0.0°C
14821882
Alarm (1 to 4)
High Set Point
If Type (Setup
Page, Alarm Menu)
is set to:
Process - set the
process value that
will trigger a high
alarm.
Deviation - set the
span of units from
the closed loop
set point that
will trigger a high
alarm.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
300.0°F
Instance 1
or units Map 1 Map 2
150.0°C
14801880
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 +50, Map
2 +60)
Offset to
next instance (Map
1) equals
+50
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
2
18
9002
float
RWES
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
1
19
9001
float
RWES
Offset to
next instance (Map
2) equals
+60
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
86
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
A.LA
A.LA
A.bL
A.bL
A.Si
A.Si
A.dSP
A.dSP
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Alarm (1 to 4)
Latching
Turn latching on or
off. A latched alarm
has to be turned off
by the user.
nLAt Non-Latching
Alarm (1 to 4)
Blocking
Select when an
alarm will be
blocked. After startup and/or after the
set point changes,
the alarm will be
blocked until the
process value enters
the normal range.
Off
oFF Off (62)
Str Startup (88)
StPt Set Point (85)
both Both (13)
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
14941894
Alarm (1 to 4)
Silencing
Turn silencing on to
allow the user to
disable this alarm.
oFF Off (62)
on On (63)
Off
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1490 1890
Alarm (1 to 4)
Display
Display an alarm
message when an
alarm is active.
oFF Off (62)
on On (63)
NonInstance 1
Latching Map 1 Map 2
1492 1892
(60)
LAt Latching (49)
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, for Map
2 equals
+60)
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, for Map
2 equals
+60)
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, for Map
2 equals
+60)
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1510 1910
On
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, for Map
2 equals
+60)
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
7
27
9007 uint
RWES
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
8
28
9008 uint
RWES
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
6
29
9006 uint
RWES
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
0x10
(16)
30
9016 uint
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
87
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
A.dL
A.dL
a.CLr
A.Clr
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
Alarm (1 to 4)
0 to 9,999 seconds
Delay Time
Set the span of time
that the alarm will
be delayed after
the process value
exceeds the alarm
set point.
0
Alarm (1 to 4)
Clear Alarm
Write to this register to clear an
alarm
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1520 1920
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, for Map
2 equals
+60)
CLr Clear (0)
ignr Ignore (204)
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
15041904
Offset to
next instance
(Map1 1
equals
+50, Map 2
equals +60)
Note:
If an alarm is setup to latch when
active a.CLr will
appear on the display.
a.sir
A.Sir
Alarm (1 to 4)
Silence Alarm
Write to this register to silence an
alarm
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
15061906
----
siL Silence (1010)
Offset to
next instance
(Map1 1
equals
+50, Map 2
equals +60)
Note:
If an alarm is
setup to silence
alarm when active
a.sir will appear
on the display.
a.st
A.St
Alarm (1 to 4)
Alarm State
Current state of
alarm
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
----
str Startup (88)
nonE None (61)
bLo Blocked (12)
aL.L Alarm low (8)
aL.h Alarm high (7)
aL.E Error (28)
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
14961896
Offset to
next instance
(Map1 1
equals
+50, Map 2
equals +60)
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
0x15
(21)
31
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
0xD
(13)
----
9013
uint
W
0x6D
---(109)
1 to 4
0xE (14)
9014
uint
W
9009
uint
R
0x6D
(109)
1 to 4
9
----
9021 uint
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
88
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
tЛЏr
SEt
Timer Menu
ti.En
ti.En
ti.St
ti.St
SFn.A
SFn.A
Si.A
Si.A
SFn.C
SFn.C
Timer (1)
Timer Enable
Enable the timer
function.
yES Yes (106)
no No (59)
Yes
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46268556
0x83
(131)
1
0x1D
(29)
----
31029 uint
RWES
Timer (1)
Timer Start Method
Select what will
start the timer.
iЛЏd Immediate
Immediate
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46288558
0x83
(131)
1
0x1E
(30)
----
31030 uint
RWES
Timer (1)
Source Function A
Select which input
will start or terminate the timer.
FUn Function Key
Function
Key
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
45708500
0x83
---(131)
1
0x01 (1)
31001 uint
RWES
Timer (1)
Source Instance A
Select an instance
of Function A.
1 to 24
8
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
4574 8504
0x83
---(131)
1
0x03 (3)
31003 uint
RWES
Timer (1)
Source Function C
Select the analog
source for the ready
band.
Pu Process Value
Process
Value
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46308560
0x83
(131)
1
0x1F
(31)
----
31031 uint
RWES
(1049)
rdy Ready Band
(1942)
rdyA Ready Ack
(1950)
PФІr Power (73)
(1001)
nonE None (61)
dio Digital I/O
(1142)
(241)
nonE None (61)
Ai Analog Input
(142)
Lnr Linearization
(238)
Si.C
Si.C
SFn.d
SFn.D
Timer (1)
Source Instance C
Select an instance
of Function C.
1 to 24
1
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
4634 8564
0x83
(131)
1
0x21
(33)
----
31033 uint
RWES
Timer (1)
Source Function D
Select which input
will acknowledge
the ready band.
FUn Function Key
Function
Key
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
4632 8562
0x83
(131)
1
0x20
(32)
----
31032 uint
RWES
(1001)
nonE None (61)
dio Digital I/O
(1142)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
* Available with PM4, PM8 and PM9 models only
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
89
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
Si.d
Si.d
t.r
t.r
r.bS
r.bS
rdy
rdY
t.For
t.For
hoUr
hoUr
ЛЏin
Min
SEC
SEC
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
Timer (1)
Source Instance D
Select an instance
of Function D.
1 to 24
7
Timer (1)
Time Remaining
Display the time
remaining on the
timer.
00:00 to 99:59
7
Timer (1)
Ready Band State
Display whether the
process value is in
the ready band.
yES Yes (106)
no No (59)
Timer (1)
Ready Band
Set the how close
the process value
must be to the
closed loop timer
set point to be in
the ready band.
0.000 to 9999.000°F
or units
0.000 to 5555.000°C
5.000
Timer (1)
Time Format
Select the time format.
tЛЏS Time
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
4636 8566
0x83
(131)
1
0x22
(34)
----
31034 uint
RWES
0x83
(131)
1
0x15
(21)
----
31021 string
R
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
4612 8542
0x83
(131)
1
0x16
(22)
----
31022 uint
R
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46148544
0x83
(131)
1
0x17
(23)
----
31023 float
RWES
Time
Instance 1
Minutes: Map 1 Map 2
Seconds 46168546
0x83
(131)
1
0x18
(24)
----
31024 uint
RWES
----
----
Minutes:Seconds
(1943)
thЛЏ Time
Hours:Minutes
(1944)
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Timer (1)
0 to 99
Hours
Set the timer period
hours.
0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
4618 8548
0x83
(131)
1
0x19
(25)
----
31025 uint
RWES
Timer (1)
0 to 59
Minutes
Set the timer period
minutes.
0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
4620 8550
0x83
(131)
1
0x1A
(26)
----
31026 uint
RWES
Timer (1)
0 to 59
Seconds
Set the timer period
seconds.
10
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
4622 8552
0x83
(131)
1
0x1B
(27)
----
31027 uint
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
90
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
Ct.SP
Ct.SP
St
St
Parameter Name
Description
Timer (1)
Closed Loop Timer
Set Point
Set the set point
that will be in effect during the
timer period.
Range
Default
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
4624 8554
0x83
(131)
1
0x1C
(28)
----
31028 float
RWES
1
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
46588588
0x83
(131)
1
0x2D
(45)
----
31045 uint
RWES
High
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1360 1600
0x6E
(110)
1 to 2
1
137
10001 uint
RWES
-1999.000 to
75
9999.000°F or units
-1110.555 to
5555.000°C
Timer (1)
1 to 3600 Seconds
Signal Time
Set the period of
time that a signal
output to be activated after the
timer period is complete. Assign a digital output for this
function in Timer
Event Output 3.
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
FUn
SEt
Function Key
LEu
LEv
Function Key (1 to
2)
Active Level
The Function Key
will always power
up in the low state.
Pressing the Function Key will toggle
the selected action.
high High (37)
LoФІ Low (53)
Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
1380 1620
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
91
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
Fn
Fn
Parameter Name
Description
Function Key (1 to
2)
Action Function
Program the EZ Key
to trigger an action.
Functions respond
to a level state
change or an edge
level change.
Range
Default
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1364 1604
None
nonE None (61)
r.En Remote Set
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Point (216)
LЛЏr Limit Reset,
Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
1384 1624
edge triggered (82)
usr.r User Set Restore, edge triggered (227)
P.LoC Keypad Lockout, level triggered
(217)
ALЛЏ Alarm Reset,
edge triggered (6)
SiL Silence Alarms,
edge triggered (108)
AoF Control Loops
Off and Alarms to
Non-alarm State,
level triggered (220)
F.AL Force Alarm to
occur, level triggered (218)
idLE Idle Set Point,
level triggered (107)
tUnE Tune, edge
triggered (98)
ЛЏAn Manual, level
triggered (54)
oFF Switch Control
Loop Off, level triggered (90)
t.da TRU-TUNE+®
Disable, level triggered (219)
P.diS Profile Disable, level triggered
(206)
P.hoL Profile Hold/
Resume, level triggered (207)
ProF Start Profile,
edge triggered (196)
P.StS Profile Start/
Stop, level triggered
(208)
s.stp Start Step
(1077)
0x6E
(110)
3 to 4
3
138
10003 uint
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
92
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
Fi
Fi
Parameter Name
Description
Function Key (1 to
2)
Function Instance
Select which instance the EZ
Key will affect. If
only one instance
is available, any
selection will affect it.
Range
Default
0 to 40
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1366 1606
0
Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
1386 1626
0x96
(110)
3 to 4
4
139
10004
----
gLbL
SEt
Global Menu
C_F
C_F
AC.LF
AC.LF
r.typ
r.tyP
P.typ
P.tyP
gSE
gSE
Global
Display Units
Select which scale
to use for temperature.
F °F (30)
C °C (15)
°F
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1838 2308
0x67
(103)
1
5
110
3005 uint
RWES
Global
AC Line Frequency
Set the frequency
to the applied ac
line power source.
50 50 Hz (3)
60 60 Hz (4)
60 Hz
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
886 1006
0x6A
(106)
1
4
89
1034 uint
RWES
Global
Ramping Type
ratE Rate (81)
ti Time (143)
Time
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 4414
0x7A
(122)
1
26 (38)
----
22038 uint
RWE
Global
Profile Type
Set the profile
startup to be based
on a set point or a
process value.
StPt Set Point (85) Set Point Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
Pro Process (75)
0x7A
(122)
1
8
----
22008 uint
RWE
Global
Guaranteed Soak
Enable
Enables the guaranteed soak deviation
function in profiles.
oFF Off (62)
on On (63)
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2530 4350
0x7A
(122)
1
6
----
22006 uint
RWE
2534 4354
Off
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
93
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
gSd1
gSd1
Si.a
Si.a
Si.b
Si.b
poti
Poti
sutb
Svtb
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Global
0.0 to 9,999.000°F or 10.0°F or Instance 1
Guaranteed Soak
units
units
Map 1 Map 2
Deviation 1
0.0 to 5,555.000°C
6.0°C
2532 4352
Set the value of
the deviation band
that will be used
in all profile step
types. The process
value must enter
the deviation band
before the step can
proceed.
0x7A
(122)
1
7
----
22007 float
RWE
Global
Source Instance A
Set the digital
source for Wait for
Event 1 in profile.
5 to 12
5
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 4390
0x7A
(122)
1
0x1A
(26)
----
22060 uint
RWES
Global
5 to 12
Source Instance B
Set the digital
source for Wait for
Event 2 in profile.
5
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 4392
0x7A
(122)
1
0x1B
(27)
----
22061 uint
RWES
Global
0 to 9999 seconds
Power Off Time
If profile is running
and power is lost,
profile will resume
where it left off
provided time set
has not expired
prior to power restoration.
0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 4484
0x7A
(122)
1
0x49
(73)
----
22073 uint
RWE
Global
-2 to 2 %
Synchronized Variable Time Base
Used to acquire
tighter accuracy
when running a
profile. A setting
of +0.01 would
equate to approximately +9 seconds/day (faster)
where a setting of
-0.01 would equate
to approximately
-9 seconds/day
(slower).
0.00
----
----
- - - - float
RWE
----
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
94
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
C.LEd
C.LEd
2onE
Zone
Chan
Chan
d.prs
d.PrS
d.ti
d.ti
USr.S
USr.S
USr.r
USr.r
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Global
Communications
LED Action
Turns comms LED on
or off for selected
comms ports.
Con1 Comm port 1
Comm
port 1
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1856 2326
0x6A
(103)
1
0x0E
(14)
----
3014 uint
RWES
Global
Zone
Turns Zone LED on
or off based on selection.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
On
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 2350
0x6A
(103)
1
0x1A
(26)
----
3026 uint
RWES
Global
Channel
Turns Channel LED
on or off based on
selection.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
On
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 2352
0x6A
(103)
1
0x1B
(27)
----
3027 uint
RWES
Global
1 to 10
Display Pairs
Defines the number
of Display Pairs.
2
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 2354
0x6A
(103)
1
0x1C
(28)
----
3028 uint
RWES
Global
Display Time
Time delay in toggling between Display Pairs.
0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 2356
0x6A
(103)
1
0x1D
(29)
----
3029 uint
RWES
Global
SEt1 User Set 1
Save Settings As
(101)
Save all of this
SEt2 User Set 2
controller's settings (102)
to the selected
nonE None (61)
set.
None
Instance 1 0x(101)
1
Map 1 Map 2
26 26 0xE (14)
Global
FCty Factory (31)
Restore Settings
nonE None (61)
From
SEt1 User Set 1
Replace all of this (101)
controller's settings SEt2 User Set 2
with another set.
(102)
None
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
24 24
(1189)
off Off (62)
0 to 60
0x65
(101)
1
0xD
(13)
118
1014
uint
RWE
117
1013
uint
RWE
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
95
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
CoЛЏ
SEt
Communications Menu
PCoL
PCoL
Communications
Protocol
Set the protocol of
this controller to
the protocol that
this network is using.
Modbus
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2492 2972
0x96
(150)
1
7
----
17009 uint
RWE
1
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2480 2960
0x96
(150)
1
1
----
17001 uint
RWE
Communications
1 to 247
Modbus Address
Set the network
address of this controller. Each device
on the network
must have a unique
address.
1
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2482 2962
0x96
(150)
1
2
----
17007 uint
RWE
Communications
Baud Rate
Set the speed of
this controller's
communications to
match the speed of
the Modbus serial
network.
9,600
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2484 2964
0x96
(150)
1
3
----
17002 uint
RWE
Std Standard Bus
(1286)
ЛЏod Modbus RTU
(1057)
Standard Bus
Ad.S
Ad.S
Communications
1 to 16
Standard Bus Address
Set the network
address of this controller. Each device
on the network
must have a unique
address.
The Zone Display on
the front panel will
display this number.
Modbus RTU
Ad.ЛЏ
Ad.M
bAUd
bAUd
9600 9,600 (188)
19.2 19,200 (189)
38.4 38,400 (190)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
96
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
PAr
PAr
C_f
C_F
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
Communications
Parity
Set the parity of
this controller to
match the parity of
the Modbus serial
network.
nonE None (61)
EuEn Even (191)
odd Odd (192)
None
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2486 2966
0x96
(150)
1 to 2
4
----
17003 uint
RWE
Communications
Display Units
Select whether this
communications
channel will display
in Celsius or Fahrenheit.
f Fahrenheit (30)
C Celsius (15)
F
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2490 2970
0x96
(150)
1
6
----
17050 uint
RWE
Lohi Low-High
Low-High
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2488 2968
0x96
(150)
1 to 2
5
----
17043 uint
RWE
----
----
----
----
17059 uint
RWE
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2494 2974
0x96
(150)
1
8
198
17051 uint
RWE
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
5020 8950
----
----
Note:
Applies to Modbus
only.
ЛЏ.hL
M.hL
ЛЏap
Map
nU.S
nV.S
no display
Communications
Modbus Word Order
Select the word
order of the two
16-bit words in the
floating-point values.
(1331)
hiLo High-Low
(1330)
Communications
1 to 2
Data Map
If set to 1 the control will use PM legacy mapping. If set
to 2 the control will
use new mapping to
accommodate new
functions.
Communications
Non-Volatile Save
If set to Yes all
values written to
the control will be
saved in EEPROM.
The EEPROM allows
for approximately
one million writes.
yEs Yes (106)
no No (59)
Communications
Tick
Value increases at
1mS rate.
0 to 4,294,967,295
Yes
----
16006 unsigned
32-bit
RWE
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
97
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Default
CIP Data
Modbus
Class
Pro- Param- Type
Relative Ad- Instance fibus eter
and
dress
Attribute Index
ID
Access
hex (dec)
**
rtC
SEt
Real Time Clock Menu
hoUr
hoUr
ЛЏin
Min
doФІ
doW
Real Time Clock
Hours
Set the current
time.
0 to 23
0
Instance 1 88 (136) - - - Map 1 Map 2
1
- - - - 4004
3
36003 uint
RW
Real Time Clock
Minutes
Set the current
time.
0 to 59
0
Instance 1 88 (136) - - - Map 1 Map 2
1
- - - - 4006
4
36004 uint
RW
Real Time Clock
Day of Week
Set the current day
of the week.
sun Sunday (1565) Sun
ЛЏon Monday (1559)
tuE Tuesday (1560)
ФІEd Wednesday
Instance 1 88 (136) - - - Map 1 Map 2
1
- - - - 4002
2
36002 uint
RW
(1561)
thUr Thursday
(1562)
fri Friday (1563)
sat Saturday (1564)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
98
•
Chapter 6 Setup Page
7
Chapter 7: Profiling Page
Navigating the Profiling Page
Note:
Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is
only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.
Profile Setup
First, consider some foundational profile setup features that once configured, will apply to
all configured profiles. The screen shot below (EZ-ZONE Configurator software) graphically
shows the settings (shaded green)that will apply to all profiles; e.g., if Guaranteed Soak is
not enabled here this feature will not be available in any individual profile configuration.
Some of those features that apply to all profiles are listed below with a brief description of
their function.
- Ramping Type (Time or
Rate) which changes the
profile set point based
on a set interval of
time or set rate.
- Profile Type (Set Point
or Process) determines
whether a step (any
step changing the set
point) of a profile will
begin by using the process value (Process) or
the last closed-loop set
point (Set Point).
- Guaranteed Soak Enable, when set to on
makes this feature available in all profiles. If
Guaranteed Soak Enable
is on, use Guaranteed
Soak Deviation 1 to 2 to set the value for the corresponding loop. Set the deviation or band
above or below the working set point where this condition must be met before the profile
can proceed.
Note:
Changes made to profile parameters in the Profiling Pages will be saved and take effect
on the next pass through the step. Changes made in the Profile Status page effect the current step being executed and do not update the step setting in the profiling page. Changing profiles should only be changed by knowledgeable personnel and with caution.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
99
•
Chapter 7 Profiling Page
Once these global profile features are configured, the next step will require navigation to the
Profiling Page. Here, each desired ramp and soak profile will be configured.
To navigate to the Profile Page from the front panel, follow the steps below:
1. From the Home Page, press and hold the Advance Key ‰ for approximately five seconds.
The profile prompt prof will appear in the lower display and the profile number (e.g.
p1) appears in the upper display.
2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to change to another profile (1 to 4).
3. Press the Advance Key ‰ to move to the selected profiles first step.
4. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to move through and select the step type.
5. Press the Advance Key ‰ to move through the selected step settings.
6. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to change the steps settings.
7. Press the Infinity Key ˆ at any time to return to the step number prompt.
8. Press the Infinity Key ˆ again to return to the profile number prompt.
9. From any point press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home
Page.
If using EZ-ZONE Configurator software, simply click on the plus sign next to Profiles in the
left hand column, as shown in the screen shot below.
Notice in the screen shot
to the right some fields
or parameters are not
selectable (grayed out)
based on the Step Type
that is selected.
Starting a Profile
There are several ways
to start a profile. Some
of the examples that follow requires that certain
optional hardware be
available on the control.
If you are uncertain as
to how your control is
equipped, compare the
part number of your
control to the "Ordering
Information" page found
in the Appendix of this
Users Guide.
Three ways to start a
profile:
- Function Key
- Digital Input
- Profile Request
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
100
•
Chapter 7 Profiling Page
Configuring the Function Key to Start and Stop a Profile
1.Navigate to the Setup Page and then the Function menu. From the Home Page, press and
hold the ¿ or Down ¯ key for approximately six seconds where the upper display will
show ai and the lower display will show SEt.
2.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to navigate to the Function FUn menu.
3.Press the Advance Key ‰ to enter this menu. The upper display will show 1 and the lower
display will show fUn.
4.Press the Advance Key ‰ to select the level. The upper display will show high and the
lower display will show LEv.
5.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select the level that will start the profile (high or
low).
6.Press the Advance Key ‰ to select the function. In this example, select Profile Start /
Stop p.sts.
7.Press the Advance Key ‰ to select the function instance (Profile to start).
8.Return to the Home Page by pressing and holding the Infinity Key ˆ for approximately
three seconds.
Note:
The state of the EZ-Function Key (high or low) is maintained with each successive push of
the key.
Configuring a Digital Input to Start and Stop a Profile
1.Navigate to the Setup Page and then the Digital I/O menu. From the Home Page, press
and hold the ¿ or Down ¯ key for approximately six seconds where the upper display
will show ai and the lower display will show SEt.
2.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to navigate to the Digital I/O menu. Upper display will
show dio and the lower display will show SEt.
3.Press the Advance Key ‰ where the first available digital instance will be displayed in the
upper display.
4.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select the input of choice.
5.Press the Advance Key ‰ to select the direction (input or output). In this example, select
Dry Contact iCon.
6.Select the level (high or low) that will activate the function by pressing the Advance Key
‰ where the upper display will show high and the lower display will show LEv.
7.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select the level that will start the profile (high =
closed or low = open).
8.Press the Advance Key ‰ to select the function fn. In this example, select Profile Start /
Stop P.sts.
9.Press the Advance Key ‰ to select the function instance (Profile to start).
10.Return to the Home Page by pressing and holding the Infinity Key ˆ for approximately
three seconds.
Starting a Profile from the Operations Page
1.Navigate to the Operations Page and then the Profile Status menu. From the Home Page,
press and hold the ¿ or Down ¯ key for approximately three seconds where the upper
display will show ai and the lower display will show opEr.
2.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to navigate to the Profile Status P.sta menu.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
101
•
Chapter 7 Profiling Page
3.Press the Advance Key ‰ to enter this menu. The upper display will show 1 and the lower
display will show p.str.
4.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select the Profile or Step to start. In this example select 1.
5.Press the Advance Key ‰ to select the Profile Action Request. The upper display will show
nonE and the lower display will show p.aCr.
6.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select the Profile start. The upper display will show
prof and the lower display will show p.aCr.
Note:
As soon as the Green Advance Key ‰ is pressed (step 7 below) the designated Profile or
Step (as determined in step 4 above) will start.
7.Press the Advance Key ‰ to select whether Event 1 will be on or off. The upper display
will show off and the lower display will show Ent1.
Note:
This setting will temporally override the profile configuration.
8.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select whether Event 1 will be on or off. This will immediately drive the Event to the specified state regardless of the Profile configuration.
9.Press the Advance Key ‰ to select whether Event 2 will be on or off. The upper display
will show off and the lower display will show Ent2.
10.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select whether Event 2 will be on or off. This will immediately drive the Event to the specified state regardless of the Profile configuration.
Note:
The event state will be as left when the profile ended and may be toggled at the profile
status menu.
11.Press the Advance Key ‰ to see the current Jump Count. The upper display will show 0
and the lower display will show JC.
12.Return to the Home Page by pressing and holding the Infinity Key ˆ for approximately
three seconds.
Ending a Profile from the Operations Page
1.Navigate to the Operations Page and then the Profile Status menu. From the Home Page,
press and hold the ¿ or Down ¯ key for approximately three seconds where the upper
display will show ai and the lower display will show opEr.
2.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to navigate to the Profile Status p.sta menu.
3.Press the Advance Key ‰ to enter this menu. The upper display will show 1 and the lower
display will show p.str.
4.Press the Advance Key ‰ to select the Profile Action Request. The upper display will show
nonE and the lower display will show p.aCr.
6.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select the End. The upper display will show End and
the lower display will show P.aCr.
7.Press the Advance Key ‰ to end the Profile.
8.Return to the Home Page by pressing and holding the Infinity Key ˆ for approximately
three seconds.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
102
•
Chapter 7 Profiling Page
Starting a Profile from the Home Page
1.When at the Home Page, press the Advance Key ‰ to locate Profile Start and select the
file or step number to start. The upper display will show 1 and the lower display will show
p.st1.
2.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to choose the file or step number.
3.Press the Advance Key ‰ to select the Profile Action Request. The upper display will show
nonE and the lower display will show p.aC1.
4.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select the Profile Start. The upper display will show
prof and the lower display will show p.aC1.
5.Press the Infinity Key to return Home. The Profile will Start
Ending a Profile from the Home Page
1.Press the Advance Key ‰ to select the Profile Action Request. The upper display will show
nonE and the lower display will show p.AC!.
2.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select the End. The upper display will show End and
the lower display will show p.aC1.
3.Press the Infinity Key to return Home. The Profile will End.
Profiling Parameters
p1
prof
Profile (1 to 4)
1
P1 Profile [1 to 4] Step (1 to 40)
s.typStep Type
t.SP1Target Set Point Loop 1
hoUrHours
ЛЏinMinutes
SEC Seconds
ratERate
ФІ.P1Wait For Process 1
ФІ.E1Wait For Event 1
ФІE.2Wait for Event 2
doФІDay of Week
Js Jump Step
JC Jump Count
End End Type
Ent1Event 1
Ent2Event 2
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
103
•
Chapter 7 Profiling Page
Profiling Page
Parameter Name
Description
Display
Range
Default
Modbus
Relative
Address
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute
hex (dec)
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
and
Access
**
----
----
----
----
P1
prof
Profiling Menu
p1
p4
1 to 10 [profile 1]
to Profile [1 to 4] Step
Select a step to edit or view. 11 to 20 [profile 2]
21 to 30 [profile 3]
31 to 40 [profile 4]
S.typ
S.typ
Step Type
Select a step type.
UStP Unused Step
Note:
SoAH Soak (87)
ФІ.E Wait For Event
Prior to selecting the Step
Type consider whether or
not profiles will be based
on time or rate of change.
By default, profiles are
configured for Time ti.
Therefore, Rate will not
be available here. If it is
desired to base profiles on
rate of change, navigate
to the Setup Page and then
the Global Menu where
Ramping Type can be
changed from Time to Rate.
t.SP1
t.SP1
Step Type Parameters
Target Set Point Loop 1
When Step Type is Time or
Rate, enter the closed loop
set point for loop 1 to ramp
to for this step.
Unused
(50)
Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21001 uint
Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40
RWE
2570 4500
1
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, Map 2
equals +100)
(144)
ФІ.Pr Wait For Process (209)
ФІ.bo Wait For Both
(210)
JL Jump (116)
End End (27)
CLoC Wait For Time
(1543)
ti Time (143)
ratE Rate (81)
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or
units
-1,128 to
5,537.000°C
0.0°F or Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21002 float
units
Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40
RWE
-18°C
2572 4502
2
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, Map 2
equals +100)
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display. Full values can be read with other interfaces.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
104
•
Chapter 7 Profiling Page
Profiling Page
Display
hoUr
hoUr
ЛЏin
Min
SEC
SEC
ratE
rAtE
Parameter Name
Description
Step Type Parameters
Hours
Select the hours (plus Minutes and Seconds) for a
timed step.
Range
Default
0 to 9999
0
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute
hex (dec)
Modbus
Relative
Address
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
and
Access
**
Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21003 uint
Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40
RWE
2574 4504
3
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, Map 2
equals +100)
0 to 59
Step Type Parameters
Minutes
When Step Type is Time,
Soak, or Wait For Time enter
Minutes (plus Hours and Seconds) for this step.
0
0 to 59
Step Type Parameters
Seconds
When Step Type is Time,
Soak, or Wait For Time enter
Seconds (plus Hours and Minutes) for this step.
0
Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21004 uint
Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40
RWE
2576 4506
4
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, Map 2
equals +100)
Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21005 uint
Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40
RWE
2578 4508
5
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, Map 2
equals +100)
0 to 9,999.000°F or 0.0
Step Type Parameters
units per minute
Rate
0
to 5,555.000°C per
When Step Type is Rate, enminute
ter the rate for ramping in
degrees or units per minute.
Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21006 float
Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40
RWE
2580 4510
6
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, Map 2
equals +100)
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display. Full values can be read with other interfaces.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
105
•
Chapter 7 Profiling Page
Profiling Page
Parameter Name
Description
Display
ФІ.P1
W.P1
ФІE.1
WE.1
Range
Default
Data
Type
and
Access
**
0.0°F or Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21011 float
units
Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40
RWE
-18.0°C 2590 4520 0x0B (11)
Step Type Parameters
Wait Event 1
When Step Type is Wait for
Event or Wait For Both,
select the event state that
must
be satisfied during this step.
Off
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, Map 2
equals +100)
oFF Off (62)
on On (63)
nonE None (61)
Step Type Parameters
Wait Event 2
When Step Type is Wait for
Event or Wait For Both,
select the event state that
must
be satisfied during this step.
Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21009 uint
Map 1 Map 2 1 to 10
RWE
2586 4516
9
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, Map 2
equals +100)
Wait Event 1 can be
mapped to any available
digital input (5 - 12). Navigate to the Setup Page under the Global Menu to find
and modify Source Instance
A s.ia (Event 1) and Source
Instance B s.ib (Event 2).
WE.2
Parameter
ID
-1,999.000 to
Step Type Parameters
9,999.000°F or
Wait For Process 1
units
When Step Type is Wait for
-1,128.000
to
Process or Wait For Both,
5,537.000°C
enter wait for process value
on analog
input specified by Wait For
Process Instance before proceeding in profile.
Note:
ФІE.2
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute
hex (dec)
Modbus
Relative
Address
Off
oFF Off (62)
on On (63)
nonE None (61)
Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21010 uint
Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40
RWE
2588 4518 0xA (10)
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, Map 2
equals +100)
Note:
Wait Event 2 can be
mapped to any available
digital input (5 - 12). Navigate to the Setup Page under the Global Menu to find
and modify Source Instance
A s.ia (Event 1) and Source
Instance B s.ib (Event 2).
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display. Full values can be read with other interfaces.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
106
•
Chapter 7 Profiling Page
Profiling Page
Display
doФІ
doW
Parameter Name
Description
Step Type Parameters
Day of Week
When Step Type is Wait for
Time, the profile waits until
this Day of Week along with
Hours, Minutes and Seconds
time of day is met.
Range
Default
Ed Every Day (1567) Sunday
ФІd Week days
(1566)
sun Sunday (1565)
ЛЏon Monday (1559)
tuE Tuesday (1560)
ФІEd Wednesday
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute
hex (dec)
Modbus
Relative
Address
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
and
Access
**
Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21041 uint
Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40
RWE
- - - - 4580 0x29 (41)
Offset to
next instance Map
2 equals
+100)
(1561)
thUr Thursday
(1562)
fri Friday (1563)
sat Saturday (1564)
JS
JS
JC
JC
End
End
Step Type Parameters
Jump Step
When Step Type is Jump,
this specifies which step to
jump back to. Jump Step
must be a lower step number than the current step
number.
1 to 40
0
Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21012 uint
Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40
RWE
2592 4522 0xC (12)
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, Map 2
equals +100)
0 to 9,999
Step Type Parameters
Jump Count
When Step Type is Jump,
this specifies the number of
jumps to repeat. A value
of 0 creates an infinite loop.
Loops can be nested four
deep.
0
Step Type Parameters
End Type
When Step Type is End, this
specifies what the controller will do when this profile
ends.
Off
Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21013 uint
Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40
RWE
2594 4524 0xD (13)
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, Map 2
equals +100)
oFF Control Mode
set to Off (62)
Hold Hold last
closed-loop set
point in the profile
(47)
USEr User, reverts
to previous set
point (100)
Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21014 uint
Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40
RWE
2596 4526 0xE (14)
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, Map 2
equals +100)
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display. Full values can be read with other interfaces.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
107
•
Chapter 7 Profiling Page
Profiling Page
Parameter Name
Description
Display
Ent1
Ent1
Ent2
Ent2
Range
Step Type Parameters
Event 1
When Step Type is not Unused Step, select whether
Event Output 1 or 2 is on or
off during this step.
oFF Off (62)
on On (63)
Step Type Parameters
Event 2
When Step Type is not Unused Step, select whether
Event Output 1 or 2 is on or
off during this step.
oFF Off (62)
on On (63)
Default
Off
CIP
Class
Instance
Attribute
hex (dec)
Modbus
Relative
Address
Parameter
ID
Data
Type
and
Access
**
Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21007 uint
Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40
RWE
2582 4512
7
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, Map 2
equals +100)
Off
Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21008 uint
Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40
RWE
2584 4514
8
Offset to
next instance (Map
1 equals
+50, Map 2
equals +100)
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display. Full values can be read with other interfaces.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Display
UStP
UStP
ti
ti
rAtE
rAtE
Step Type Description
Parameters in Step Type
Step Types
Unused Step
This is an empty step that can be used to plan for future steps
to be inserted or temporarily deactivate a step in a profile.
Change step type back when the step should be active again.
----
Step Types
Time
If Ramping Type found in the Global Menu of the Setup Page
is set for Time, the control loop will follow set point over the
specified time. If two loops of control are present then they will
both follow independent set points over the specified time. The
state of up to 2 event outputs may be set or maintained.
tg.S1Target Set Point Loop 1
hoUrHours
ЛЏinMinutes
SEC Seconds
Ent1Event 1
Ent2Event 2
Step Types
Rate
If Ramping Type found in the Global Menu of the Setup Page is
set for Rate, specify the rate of change in degrees or units per
minute. The state of up to 2 event outputs may be set or maintained.
tg.S1Target Set Point Loop 1
rAtERate
Ent1Event 1
Ent2Event 2
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
108
•
Chapter 7 Profiling Page
Display
SoAH
SoAh
CLoC
CLoC
ФІ.E
W.E
ФІ.pr
W.Pr
ФІ.bo
W.bo
JL
JL
Step Type Description
Parameters in Step Type
Step Types
Soak
A Soak Step maintains the last Target Set Points for the designated time. The state of up to 2 event outputs may be set or
maintained.
Step Types
Wait For Time
A Wait for Time Step is available with the real-time calendar
clock feature. This allows the program to wait for a specified
day and time before proceeding to the next step. Used to have
the profile execute steps everyday or only weekdays. The state
of up to 2 event outputs may be set or maintained.
hoUrHours
ЛЏinMinutes
SEC Seconds
Ent1Event 1
Ent2Event 2
hoUrHours
ЛЏinMinutes
SEC Seconds
doФІDay of Week
Ent1Event 1
Ent2Event 2
Step Types
Wait For Event
A Wait for Event Step will wait for the two Wait for Event states
(1 to 2) to match the specified state. The state of up to 2 event
outputs may be set or maintained.
ФІE.1Wait Event 1
ФІE.2Wait Event 2
Ent1Event 1
Ent2Event 2
Step Types
Wait For Process
A Wait for Process Step will wait for Process Value 1 or 2 to
match the Wait for Process Value. The state of up to 2 event
outputs may be set or maintained.
ФІ.piWait for Process Instance
ФІ.p1Wait for Process 1 Value
Ent1Event 1
Ent2Event 2
Step Types
Wait For Both
A Wait For Process and Event Step will wait for Process Value 1
or 2 to match the Wait for Process 1 value, and/or the two Wait
Event states to match the specified state. The state of up to 2
event outputs may be set or maintained.
ФІ.piWait for Process Instance
ФІ.p1Wait for Process 1 Value
ФІE.1Wait Event 1
ФІE.2Wait Event 2
Ent1Event 1
Ent2Event 2
Step Types
JS Jump Step
Jump
JC Jump Count
A Jump step will repeat previous steps a number of times
Ent1Event 1
designated in Jump Count. Jumps can be nested up to four
Ent2Event 2
deep. The state of up to 2 event outputs may be set or maintained.
End
End
Step Types
End
An End Step will end the profile and set the control modes and
set points to match the End Type. The state of up to 2 event
outputs may be set or maintained. The event outputs will not
be set off unless specifically stated in this step. If a profile does
not have an End Step, the profile continues until step 40, then
stops and maintains the last set points and control modes.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
109
•
End End Type
Ent1Event 1
Ent2Event 2
Chapter 7 Profiling Page
8
Chapter 8: Factory Page
Navigating the Factory Page
To navigate to the Factory Page follow the steps below:
1.From the Home Page, press and hold both the Advance ‰ and Infinity ˆ keys for six seconds.
2.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.
3.Press the Advance Key ‰ to enter the menu of choice.
4.If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and
then press the Advance Key ‰ to enter.
5.Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.
6.Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu, submenu to menu, menu to Home Page.
7.Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.
On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.
Note:
Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is
only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.
Note:
Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon
controller part number.
CUSt
pas.aAdministrator Pass-
FCty Custom Setup Menu
1
CUSt Custom Setup (1 to
ULoC
word
CAL
FCty Calibration Menu
par Parameter
iid Instance ID
1
FCty Security Setting Menu CaL Calibration (1 to 2)
ЛЏu Electrical Measure-
CodE Public Key
ment
pass Password
ELi.oElectrical Input Off-
LoC
FCty Diagnostics Menu
20)
diAg
FCty Security Setting Menu Pn
LoC.oOperations Page
LoC.PProfiling Page
pas.EPassword Enabled
rLoCRead Lock
SLoCWrite Security
LoC.LLocked Access Level
roLLRolling Password
pas.uUser Password
Part Number
rEu Software Revision
S.bLd Software Build Number
Sn Serial Number
dAtE Date of Manufac-
ture
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
110
•
set
ELi.SElectrical Input Slope
ELo.oElectrical Output Offset
ELo.sElectrical Output Slope
Pn Part Number
CodECode
Chapter 8 Factor y Page
Factory Page
Parameter Name
Description
Display
CIP
Class
Modbus
Instance Pro- ParamDefault Relative Ad- Attri- fibus eter
dress
bute Index ID
hex
(dec)
Range
Data
Type
and
Access
**
Cust
fcty
Custom
par
Par
Custom
Parameter 1 to
20
nonENone
See:
Pro Process
Home
i.CA Calibration Offset
Page
Select the param- C_F Display Units
eters that will ap- USr.rRestore Settings From
pear in the Home A.Lo Low Set Point
A.hi High Set Point
Page.
A.hy Hysteresis
The Parameter 1
StPtSet Point
value will appear
AC.puActive Process Value
in the upper disAC.SPActive Set Point
play of the Home
op Manual Power
Page. It cannot
AUt Autotune
be changed with
C.ЛЏ Control Mode
the Up and Down
h.Pr Heat Power
Keys in the Home
C.Pr Cool Power
Page.
ti Time Integral
The Parameter
td Time Derivative
2 value will apdb Dead Band
pear in the lower h.Pb Heat Proportional
display in the
Band
Home Page. It can h.hy On/Off Heat Hysterbe changed with
esis
the Up and Down C.Pb Cool Proportional
Keys, if the paBand
rameter is a writ- C.hy On/Off Cool Hysterable one.
esis
r.rt Ramp Rate
Scroll through the t.tUnTRU-TUNE+® Enable
other Home Page idLEIdle Set Point
parameters with
P.StrProfile Start
the Advance Key
P.ACrProfile Action Request
‰.
Stp Current Step
s.typStep Type
Note:
t.sp1Target Set Point
Display Pairs afhoUrHours
fect the pairing
ЛЏinMinutes
of custom paSEC Seconds
rameters on the
gSd1Guaranteed Soak
Home page. For
Deviation 1
more information Ent1Event
1
on Display Pairs
Ent2Event
2
see the section
JC
Jump
Count
Remainin this guide ening
titled "Modifying
the Display Pairs". CUStCustom Menu
----
- - - - - - - - 14005 uint
RWES
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
111
•
Chapter 8 Factor y Page
Factory Page
Display
iid
iid
Parameter Name
Description
CIP
Class
Modbus
Instance Pro- ParamDefault Relative Ad- Attri- fibus eter
dress
bute Index ID
hex
(dec)
Range
Custom (1 to 20) 1 to 4
Instance ID
Select which
instance of the
parameter will
be selected.
Data
Type
and
Access
**
----
----
- - - - 14003 uint
RWES
LoC
FCty
Lock Menu
LoC.o
LoC.o
LoC.P
LoC.P
pas.E
LoC.P
Security Setting
Operations Page
Change the security level of
the Operations
Page.
1 to 3
2
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1832
2302
0x67
(103)
1
2
- - - - 3002
uint
RWE
Security Setting
Profiling Page
Change the
security level
of the Profiling
Page.
1 to 3
3
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1844
2314
0x67
(103)
1
8
- - - - 3008
uint
RWE
Security Setting
Password Enable
Set to On to
require a password for menu
changes.
off Off
on On
Off
----
----
- - - - 3009
uint
RWE
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
112
•
Chapter 8 Factor y Page
Factory Page
Display
rLoC
rLoC
SLoC
SLoC
LoC.L
LoC.L
Parameter Name
Description
CIP
Class
Modbus
Instance Pro- ParamDefault Relative Ad- Attri- fibus eter
dress
bute Index ID
hex
(dec)
Range
Data
Type
and
Access
**
Security Setting
1 to 5
Read Lock
Set the read security clearance
level. The user
can access the
selected level and
all lower levels.
If the Set Lockout Security level is higher than
the Read Lockout Security, the
Read Lockout
Security level
takes priority.
5
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1848
2318
0x67
(103)
1
0x0A
(10)
- - - - 3010
uint
RWE
Security Setting
0 to 5
Write Security
Set the write security clearance
level. The user
can access the
selected level
and all lower
levels.
If the Set Lockout
Security level is
higher than the
Read Lockout Security, the Read
Lockout Security
level takes priority.
5
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
1844
2314
0x67
(103)
1
0x0B
(11)
- - - - 3011
uint
RWE
Security Setting
Locked Access
Level
Determines user
level menu visibility when
Password Enable
is set to on. See
Features section
under Password
Security.
5
----
----
- - - - 3016
uint
RWE
1 to 5
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
113
•
Chapter 8 Factor y Page
Factory Page
Display
roLL
roLL
pas.u
PAS.u
pas.a
PAS.A
Parameter Name
Description
CIP
Class
Modbus
Instance Pro- ParamDefault Relative Ad- Attri- fibus eter
dress
bute Index ID
hex
(dec)
Range
Data
Type
and
Access
**
Security Setting
Rolling Password
When power is
cycled a new
Public Key will
be displayed and
User Password
changes.
off Off
on On
Off
----
----
- - - - 3019
uint
RWE
Security Setting
User Password
Used to acquire
access to menus
made available
through the
Locked Access
Level setting.
10 to 999
63
----
----
- - - - 3017
uint
RWE
Security Setting
Administrator
Password
Used to acquire
full access to all
menus including disabling or
changing passwords.
10 to 999
156
----
----
- - - - 3018
uint
RWE
Customer Specific
0
----
----
- - - - 3020
uint
R
ULoC
FCty
Unlock Menu
CodE
CodE
Security Setting
Public Key
If Rolling Password turned
on, generates a
random number
when power is
cycled. If Rolling Password
is off fixed
number will be
displayed. The
key can be used
to gain access
when password
is not known.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
114
•
Chapter 8 Factor y Page
Factory Page
Display
pass
PASS
Parameter Name
Description
CIP
Class
Modbus
Instance Pro- ParamDefault Relative Ad- Attri- fibus eter
dress
bute Index ID
hex
(dec)
Range
Security Setting
-1999 to 9999
Password
Enter the User
or Administrator
password to gain
access. After
valid password
is supplied exit
this menu and
re-enter the
Security Menu
via the Factory
Page.
Data
Type
and
Access
**
0
----
----
----
----
0x65
(101)
1
9
115
1009
string
R
Diagnostics
1 to 10
Software Revision
Display this
controller's firmware revision
number.
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
4
4
0x65
(101)
1
3
116
1003
string
R
Diagnostics
Software Build
Number
Display the
firmware build
number.
0 to 2,147,483,647
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
8
8
0x65
(101)
1
5
---
1005
dint
R
Diagnostics
Serial Number
Display the serial number.
0 to 2,147,483,647
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
12
12
0x65
(101)
1
0x20
(32)
---
1032
string
R
- - - - 3022
int
RW
diag
FCty
Diagnostics Menu
Pn
Pn
rEu
rEu
S.bLd
S.bLd
Sn
Sn
Diagnostics
Part Number
Display this
controller's part
number.
15 characters
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
115
•
Chapter 8 Factor y Page
Factory Page
Display
dAtE
dAtE
Parameter Name
Description
Diagnostics
Date of Manufacture
Display the date
code (YYWW).
Where YY = year
and WW= week.
No Dis- Diagnostics
Hardware ID
play
CIP
Class
Modbus
Instance Pro- ParamDefault Relative Ad- Attri- fibus eter
dress
bute Index ID
hex
(dec)
Range
0 to 2,147,483,647
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
14 14
0x65
(101)
1
8
---
1008
dint
R
0 to 2,147,483,647
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
0
0
0x65
(101)
1
1
---
1001
dint
R
0 to 2,147,483,647
----
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
2
2
0x65
(101)
1
2
---
1002
dint
R
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
400 400
0x68
(104)
1 to 2
0x15
(21)
---
4021
float
R
Display the
Hardware ID.
No Dis- Diagnostics
Firmware ID
play
Data
Type
and
Access
**
Display the
Firmware ID.
CAL
FCty
Calibration Menu
ЛЏu
Mv
Calibration (1
-3.4e38 to 3.4e38
to 2)
Electrical Measurement
Read the raw
electrical value
for this input in
the units corresponding to
the Sensor Type
(Setup Page, Analog Input Menu)
setting.
Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
480 490
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
116
•
Chapter 8 Factor y Page
Factory Page
Display
ELi.o
ELi.o
ELi.S
ELi.S
ELo.o
ELo.o
ELo.S
ELo.S
Pn
Pn
Parameter Name
Description
Calibration (1
to 2)
Electrical Input
Offset
Change this value to calibrate
the low end of
the input range.
CIP
Class
Modbus
Instance Pro- ParamDefault Relative Ad- Attri- fibus eter
dress
bute Index ID
hex
(dec)
Range
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
0.0
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
378 378
Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
458 468
Calibration (1
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
to 2)
Electrical Input
Slope
Adjust this value
to calibrate the
slope of the input value.
1.0
Calibration (1
or 3)
Electrical Output Offset
Change this value to calibrate
the low end
of the output
range.
0.0
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
380 380
Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
460 470
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
728 848
Instance 3
Map 1 Map 2
808 928
Calibration (1
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
or 3)
Electrical Output Slope
Adjust this value
to calibrate the
slope of the output value.
1.0
Calibration (1
to 3)
Part Number
Displays current setting for
control model
number.
Factory
fCty Factory
UsEr User
Instance 1
Map 1 Map 2
730 850
Instance 3
Map 1 Map 2
810 930
----
Data
Type
and
Access
**
0x68
(104)
1 to 2
0x0A
(10)
---
4010
float
RWES
0x68
(104)
1 to 2
0xB
(11)
---
4011
float
RWES
0x76
(118)
1 or 3
5
---
18005 float
RWES
0x76
(118)
1 or 3
6
---
18006 float
RWES
----
---
----
uint
R
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
117
•
Chapter 8 Factor y Page
Factory Page
Display
CodE
CodE
Parameter Name
Description
Calibration (1
to 3)
Public Key
Changes the
control to User
or back to original model number as shown on
the side of the
control.
CIP
Class
Modbus
Instance Pro- ParamDefault Relative Ad- Attri- fibus eter
dress
bute Index ID
hex
(dec)
Range
2501 User Settings
606 Factory model num-
4999
----
----
---
----
Data
Type
and
Access
**
uint
RWES
ber
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
118
•
Chapter 8 Factor y Page
9
Chapter 9: Features
Changing PM Integrated Model Number to PM Express . . . . . . . 121
Saving and Restoring Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Programming the Home Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Tuning the PID Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Autotune. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Manual Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Autotuning with TRU‑TUNE+®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Calibration Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter Time Constant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set Point Minimum and Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scale High and Scale Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range High and Range Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ten Point Linearization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
126
126
128
128
128
128
129
129
Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NO-ARC Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cool Output Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
129
130
130
131
Output Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto (closed loop) and Manual (open loop) Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-Off Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proportional and (P) Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proportional and Integral (PI) Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dead Band. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variable Time Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Single Set Point Ramping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
131
132
133
133
134
134
134
135
136
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Control Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Timer Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Setting Up the Timer Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Process and Deviation Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Latching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Silencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
119
•
140
140
140
141
141
Chapter 9 Features
9
Chapter 9: Features (cont.)
Blocking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Open Loop Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Using Lockout and Password Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Using Lockout Method 2 (Password Enable). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Modbus - Using Programmable Memory Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Software Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Using EZ-ZONE Configurator Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
120
•
Chapter 9 Features
Changing PM Integrated Model Number to PM Express
EZ-ZONE PM firmware revisions of 13 and above allow the user to switch between a PM Integrated control to a PM Express. Switching to a PM Express eliminates the complexity of the
advanced PM Integrated control by allowing the user to operate with a simplified menu structure.
Note:
When switching from an integrated control to an Express version, optional PM hardware
(even though installed) and firmware features not available in a PM Express will no longer
work. To see exactly what is impacted by this change, compare the chart below to the ordering information page in this document.
Controller
PM _ _ _ _ _ - A A A A B A A
EZ-ZONE® Integrated Controller Changes to PM Express
Red-green 7-segment displays
Package Size
No Change
Primary Function
C
R
B
T
J
N
E
S
PID Controller with Universal Input
Changes to C
PID Controller with Universal Input
Changes to J
Custom Firmware
Power Supply
1
2
3
4
100 to 240VÅ (ac)
Changes to 1
15 to 36VÎ (dc) and 24VÅ (ac)
Changes to 3
Output 1 and 2 Hardware Options
CA
CH
CC
CJ
CK
EA
EH
EC
EJ
EK
FA
FC
FJ
FK
AK
KH
KK
Output 1
Switched dc/open collector
Switched dc/open collector
Switched dc/open collector
Switched dc/open collector
Switched dc/open collector
Mechanical relay 5 A, form C
Mechanical relay 5 A, form C
Mechanical relay 5 A, form C
Mechanical relay 5 A, form C
Mechanical relay 5 A, form C
Universal process
Universal process
Universal process
Universal process
None
Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A
Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A
Output 2
None
NO-ARC 15 A power control
Switched dc
Mechanical relay 5 A, form A
Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A
None
NO-ARC 15 A power control
Switched dc
Mechanical relay 5 A, form A
Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A
None
Switched dc (cannot use variable time base)
Mechanical relay 5 A, form A (cannot use variable time base)
Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A (cannot use variable time base)
Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A
NO-ARC 15 A power control
Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A
Communications Options or Additional Digital I/O
None
- Standard Bus EIA-485 always included - all models
Auxillary Control Functions
None
Output 3 and 4 Hardware Options
None
Additional Options
B
Changes to Express
AA
AB
AC
AG
12
Standard EZ-ZONE face plate
EZ-ZONE logo and no Watlow name
No logo and no Watlow name
Conformal Coating
Class 1, Div. 2 (Not available with Integrated Limit Controller or mechanical relay outputs)
Custom Options
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
121
•
Chapter 9 Features
How to Change the Controller Model Number
1.Enter Factory Page FCty, Calibration Menu CaL via front panel by pressing the Infinity ˆ
or Reset Key and the Advance Key ‰ together or using EZ-ZONE Configurator software.
2.Once there, use the Advance Key ‰ to navigate to the Part Number pn prompt. The top
display will show factory FCty indicating the factory model number as shown on the decal located on the side of the control is currently in effect.
3.Push the Advance Key ‰, Public Key CodE prompt will be displayed and the number
4999 in the top display.
4.Using the up or down Arrow Keys enter 2501 and push the Advance Key ‰ to execute the
change. The controller will reboot and the new controller model number is in effect. All
previous settings are lost and the controller must be reprogrammed for the application.
Be sure to label the controller with the new model number for future reference.
Note:
As noted above, when switching from a PM Standard to a PM Express version, optional
hardware (even though installed) may no longer work. Also, all settings will be defaulted
to the selected model when switched.
Note:
After switching the model number to a PM Express this document will no longer apply to
the control. Click on the link that follows to acquire the latest version of the PM PID Express User's Guide. http://www.watlow.com/en/Resources-And-Support/Technical-Library/
User-Manuals
Once there, simply enter express in the "Keyword" field to find the appropriate document.
How to Restore Original PM Factory Settings and Model Number
1.Enter Factory Page FCty, Calibration Menu CaL via front panel by pressing the Infinity ˆ
or Reset Key and the Advance Key ‰ together or using EZ-ZONE Configurator software.
2.Once there, use the Advance Key ‰ to navigate to the Part Number pn prompt. The upper
display will show user USEr indicating the user's selected model number is currently in
effect.
3.Push the Advance Key ‰ where the Public Key CodE prompt will appear in the lower display and the number 4999 in the upper display.
4.Using the up or down arrow keys enter 606 and push the Advance Key ‰ to execute the
change. The controller will reboot and the new controller model number is in effect. All
previous settings are lost and the controller must be reprogrammed for the application.
Be sure to label the controller with the new model number for future reference.
Note:
When switching from a PM Express back to the original model number all original optional
hardware will again be enabled for use (assuming all original hardware is still installed).
Also, when executing this step the control will be factory defaulted back to the original
model number (as shown on the side of the control) at zone address 1. This User's Guide
would once again apply to this control.
Saving and Restoring Settings
Recording setup and operations parameter settings for future reference is very important.
If you unintentionally change these, you will need to program the correct settings back into
the controller to return the equipment to operational condition.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
122
•
Chapter 9 Features
After you program the controller and verify proper operation, select Save Settings As Usr.s
(Setup Page, Global Menu) to save the settings into either of two files (sEt1 or sEt2) in the
control memory.
Note:
Saving the settings overwrites any previously saved collection of settings. Be sure to document all the controller settings.
If the settings in the controller are altered a user can return the controller to one of three
settings. If previously saved, sEt1 or sEt2 can be restored as well as the factory fCty
settings. Navigate to the Setup Page, Global Menu to find the Restore USr.r prompt. A digital input or the Function Key can also be configured to restore parameters.
Note:
When restoring factory defaults, I/O assemblies for Modbus, DeviceNet, Profibus and Ethernet along with the zone address will be overwritten when restoring factory defaults.
Programming the Home Page
Watlow’s patented user-defined menu system improves operational efficiency. The userdefined Home Page provides you with a shortcut to monitor or change the parameter values
that you use most often.
You can create your own Home Page with as many as 20 of the active parameters. When
a parameter normally located in the Setup Page or Operations Page is placed in the Home
Page, it is accessible through both. If you change a parameter in the Home Page, it is automatically changed in its original page. If you change a parameter in its original page it is
automatically changed in the Home Page.
The default parameters will automatically appear in the Home Page.
Change the list of parameters in the Home Page from the Custom Menu CUSt (Factory Page).
Tuning the PID Parameters
Autotune
When an autotune is performed on the EZZONE® PM, the set point is used to calculate
the tuning set point.
Autotune complete
Autotune Set Point
(90 percent of Process Set Point)
Temperature
For example, if the active set point is 200°
and Autotune Set Point A.tsp (Operations
Page, Loop Menu) is set to 90 percent, the
autotune function utilizes 180° for tuning.
This is also how autotuning works in previous Watlow controllers. In addition, changing
the active set point in previous controllers
causes the autotune function to restart;
where with the EZ-ZONE PM changing the set
point after an autotune has been started has
no affect.
Process Set Point
Autotune begins
Time
A new feature in EZ-ZONE PM products will allow set point changes while the control is autotuning, this includes while running a profile or ramping. When the auto tune is initially started it will use the current set point and will disregard all set point changes until the tuning
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
123
•
Chapter 9 Features
process is complete. Once complete, the controller will then use the new set point. This is
why it is a good idea to enter the active set point before initiating an autotune.
Autotuning calculates the optimum heating and/or cooling PID parameter settings based on
the system's response. Autotuning can be enabled whether or not TUNE-TUNE+® is enabled.
The PID settings generated by the autotune will be used until the autotune feature is rerun,
the PID values are manually adjusted or TRU-TUNE+ is enabled.
To initiate an autotune, set Autotune Request AUt (Operations Page, Loop Menu) to yEs.
You should not autotune while a profile is running. If the autotune cannot be completed in 60
minutes, the autotune will time-out and the original settings will take effect.
The upper display will flash tUn1 and the lower display will flash Attn while the autotuning
is underway. The temperature must cross the Autotune Set Point five times to complete the
autotuning process. Once complete, the controller controls
If you need to adjust the tuning procedure's aggressiveness, use Autotune Aggressiveness
tagr (Setup Page, Loop Menu). Select Under Damped Undr to bring the process value to
the set point quickly. Select over damped ovEr to bring the process value to the set point
with minimal overshoot. Select critical damped Crit to balance a rapid response with minimal overshoot.
Manual Tuning
In some applications, the autotune process may not provide PID parameters for the process
characteristics you desire. If that is the case, you may want to tune the controller manually.
1. Apply power to the controller and establish a set point typically used in your process.
2. Go to the Operations Page, Loop Menu, and set Heat Proportional Band h.pb and/or Cool
Proportional Band C.pb to 5. Set Time Integral ti to 0. Set Time Derivative td to 0.
3. When the system stabilizes, watch the process value. If it fluctuates, increase the Heat
Proportional Band or Cool Proportional Band value in 3 to 5° increments until it stabilizes,
allowing time for the system to settle between adjustments.
4. When the process has stabilized, watch Heat Power h.pr or Cool Power C.pr (Operations Page, Monitor Menu). It should be stable ±2%. At this point, the process temperature
should also be stable, but it will have stabilized before reaching the set point. The difference between the set point and actual process value can be eliminated with Integral.
5. Start with an Integral value of 6,000 and allow 10 minutes for the process temperature to
reach the set point. If it has not, reduce the setting by half and wait another 10 minutes.
Continue reducing the setting by half every 10 minutes until the process value equals the
set point. If the process becomes unstable, the Integral value is too small. Increase the
value until the process stabilizes.
6.Increase Derivative to 0.1. Then increase the set point by 11° to 17°C. Monitor the system’s approach to the set point. If the process value overshoots the set point, increase
Derivative to 0.2. Increase the set point by 11° to 17°C and watch the approach to the
new set point. If you increase Derivative too much, the approach to the set point will
be very sluggish. Repeat as necessary until the system rises to the new set point without
overshoot or sluggishness.
For additional information about autotune and PID control, see related features in this chapter.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
124
•
Chapter 9 Features
Autotuning with TRU‑TUNE+®
The TRU-TUNE+ adaptive algorithm will optimize the controller's PID values to improve control of dynamic processes. TRU-TUNE+ monitors the Process Value and adjusts the control parameters automatically to keep your process at set point during set point and load changes.
When the controller is in the adaptive control mode, it determines the appropriate output
signal and, over time, adjusts control parameters to optimize responsiveness and stability.
The TRU-TUNE+ feature does not function for on-off control.
The preferred and quickest method for tuning a loop is to establish initial control settings
and continue with the adaptive mode to fine tune the settings. Setting a controller's control
mode to tune starts this two-step tuning process. (See Autotuning in this chapter.) This predictive tune determines initial, rough settings for the PID parameters. Then the loop automatically switches to the adaptive mode which fine tunes the PID parameters.
Once the Process Value has been at set point for a suitable period (about 30 minutes for a
fast process to roughly two hours for a slower process) and if no further tuning of the PID
parameters is desired or needed, TRU‑TUNE+™ may be turned off. However, keeping the
controller in the adaptive mode allows it to automatically adjust to load changes and compensate for differing control characteristics at various set points for processes that are not
entirely linear.
Once the PID parameters have been set by the TRU‑TUNE+ adaptive algorithm, the process,
if shut down for any reason, can be restarted in the adaptive control mode. Turn TRU‑TUNE+
on or off with TRU‑TUNE+ Enable t.tUn (Setup Page, Loop Menu).
Use TRU‑TUNE+ Band tbnd (Setup Page, Loop Menu) to set the range above and below the
set point in which adaptive tuning will be active. Adjust this parameter only in the unlikely
event that the controller is unable to stabilize at the set point with TRU‑TUNE+ Band set to
auto (0). This may occur with very fast processes. In that case, set TRU‑TUNE+ Band to a
large value, such as 100.
Use TRU‑TUNE+ Gain t.gn (Setup Page, Loop Menu) to adjust the responsiveness of the adaptive tuning calculations. Six settings range from 1, with the most aggressive response and
most potential overshoot (highest gain), to 6, with the least aggressive response and least
potential for overshoot (lowest gain). The default setting, 3, is recommended for loops with
thermocouple feedback and moderate response and overshoot potential.
Before Tuning
Before autotuning, the controller hardware must be installed correctly, and these basic configuration parameters must be set:
• Sensor Type sEn (Setup Page, Analog Input Menu), and scaling, if required;
• Function fn (Setup Page, Output Menu) and scaling, if required.
How to Autotune a Loop
1.Enter the desired set point or one that is in the middle of the expected range of set
points that you want to tune for.
2.Initiate an autotune. (See Autotuning in this chapter.)
Note:
Enable TRU-TUNE+ only after autotune is complete. It should be disabled before autotune
is initiated.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
125
•
Chapter 9 Features
When autotuning is complete, the PID parameters should provide good control. As long as the
loop is in the adaptive control mode, TRU-TUNE+ continuously tunes to provide the best possible PID control for the process.
WARNING! ç
During autotuning, the controller sets the output to 100 percent and attempts to drive
the Process Value toward the set point. Enter a set point and heat and cool power limits
that are within the safe operating limits of your system.
Inputs
Calibration Offset
Calibration offset allows a device to compensate for an inaccurate sensor, lead resistance or
other factors that affect the input value. A positive offset increases the input value, and a
negative offset decreases the input value. The input offset value can be viewed or changed
with Calibration Offset i.Ca (Operations Page, Analog Input Menu).
Calibration
Temperature
Before performing any calibration procedure, verify that the displayed readings are not
within published specifications by inputting a known value from a precision source to the
analog input. Next, subtract the
displayed value with the known
value and compare this differNegative Calibration Offset will
ence to the published accuracy
compensate for the difference
Temperature
Reading
range specification for that type
between the Sensor Reading and
from Sensor
the Actual Temperature
of input.
Use of the Calibration Offset
i.Ca parameter found in the
Operations Page opEr, Analog
Input Menu ai shifts the readings across the entire displayed
Actual Process Temperature
range by the offset value. Use
this parameter to compensate
for sensor error or sensor placeTime
ment error. Typically this value is
set to zero.
Equipment required while performing calibration:
Obtain a precision source for millivolts, volts, milliamperes or resistance depending on the
sensor type to be calibrated. Use copper wire only to connect the precision source to the
controller’s input. Keep leads between the precision source and controller as short as possible to minimize error. In addition, a precision volt/ohm meter capable of reading values to 4
decimal places or better is recommended. Prior to calibration, connect this volt/ohm meter
to the precision source to verify accuracy. Actual input values do NOT have to be exactly the
recommended values, but it IS critical that the actual value of the signal connected to the
controller be accurately known to at least four digits.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
126
•
Chapter 9 Features
Calibration of Analog Inputs:
To calibrate an analog input, you will need to provide a source of two electrical signals or
resistance values near the extremes of the range that the application is likely to utilize. See
recommended values below:
Sensor Type
thermocouple
millivolts
volts
milliamps
100 Ω RTD
1,000 Ω RTD
thermistor 5 kΩ
thermistor 10 kΩ
thermistor 20 kΩ
thermistor 40 kΩ
potentiometer
Precision Source Low
0.000 mV
0.000 mV
0.000V
0.000 mA
50.00 Ω
500.0 Ω
50.00
150.0
1,800
1,700
0.000
Precision Source High
50.000 mV
50.000 mV
10.000V
20.000 mA
350.0 Ω
3,500 Ω
5,000
10,000
20,000
40,000
1,200
Note:
The user may only calibrate one sensor type. If the calibrator interferes with open thermocouple detection, set Sensor Type sEn in Setup Page sEt, Analog Input Menu ai to
millivolt ЛЏ u instead of Thermocouple tC to avoid interference between the calibrator
and open thermocouple detect circuit for the duration of the calibration process. Be sure
to set sensor type back to the thermocouple type utilized.
1.Disconnect the sensor from the controller.
2.Record the Calibration Offset i.Ca parameter value in the Operations Page opEr, Analog
Input Menu ai then set value to zero.
3.Wire the precision source to the appropriate controller input terminals to be calibrated.
Do not have any other wires connected to the input terminals. Please refer to the Install
and Wiring section of this manual for the appropriate connections.
4.Ensure the controller sensor type is programmed to the appropriate Sensor Type sEn to
be utilized in the Setup Page sEt, Analog Input Menu ai.
5.Enter Factory Page fCty, Calibration Menu CaL via front panel or EZ-ZONE Configurator Software.
6.Select the Calibration CaL input instance to be calibrated. This corresponds to the analog
input to be calibrated.
7.Set Electrical Input Slope ELi.s to 1.000 and Electrical Input Offset ELi.o to 0.000 (this
will cancel any prior user calibration values)
8.Input a Precision Source Low value. Read Electrical Measurement value ЛЏu of controller
via EZ-Configurator or RUI. This will be referred to as Electrical Measured Low. Record low
value ______________
9.Input a Precision Source High value.
10.Read Electrical Measurement value ЛЏu of controller via EZ-Configurator or RUI. This will be referred to as Electrical Measured High. Record high value ______________
11. Calculated Electrical Input Slope = (Precision High – Precision Low) / (Electrical Measured High - Electrical Measured Low) Calculated Slope value ___________
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
127
•
Chapter 9 Features
12.Calculated Electrical Input Offset = Precision Low - (Electrical Input Slope * Measured
Low) Calculated Offset value ___________
13.Enter the calculated Electrical Input Slope ELi.s and Electrical Input Offset ELi.o into the controller.
14.Exit calibration menu.
15.Validate calibration process by utilizing a calibrator to the analog input.
16.Enter calibration offset as recorded in step 2 if required to compensate for sensor error.
Setting Electrical Input Slope ELi.s to 1.000 and Electrical Input Offset ELI.o to 0.000, restores factory calibration as shipped from factory.
Filter Time Constant
Filtering smooths an input signal by applying a first-order filter time constant to the signal.
Filtering the displayed value makes it easier to monitor. Filtering the signal may improve the
performance of PID control in a noisy or very dynamic system.
Unfiltered Input Signal
Temperature
Temperature
Filtered Input Signal
Time
Time
Adjust the filter time interval with Filter Time fiL (Setup Page, Analog Input Menu). Example: With a filter value of 0.5 seconds, if the process input value instantly changes from 0 to 100
and remained at 100, the display will indicate 100 after five time constants of the filter value or
2.5 seconds.
Sensor Selection
You need to configure the controller to match the input device, which is normally a thermocouple, RTD or process transmitter.
Select the sensor type with Sensor Type SEn (Setup Page, Analog Input Menu).
Set Point Minimum and Maximum
The controller has the ability to restrict the Set Points for the following modes of operation:
a. For closed loop control use Minimum Set Point and Maximum Set Point found in the Setup
Page, Loop Menu.
b.For Manual Power (open loop control) use Minimum Power and Maximum Power found in
the Setup Page, Loop Menu.
Scale High and Scale Low
When an analog input is selected as process voltage or process current input, you must
choose the value of voltage or current to be the low and high ends. For example, when using
a 4 to 20 mA input, the scale low value would be 4.00 mA and the scale high value would be
20.00 mA. Commonly used scale ranges are: 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V and 0 to
10V.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
128
•
Chapter 9 Features
You can create a scale range representing other units for special applications. You can reverse scales from high values to low values for analog input signals that have a reversed action. For example, if 50 psi causes a 4 mA signal and 10 psi causes a 20 mA signal.
Scale low and high low values do not have to match the bounds of the measurement range.
These along with range low and high provide for process scaling and can include values not
measurable by the controller. Regardless of scaling values, the measured value will be constrained by the electrical measurements of the hardware. Select the low and high values
with Scale Low s.Lo and Scale High s.hi. Select the displayed range with Range Low r.Lo
and Range High r.hi (Setup Page, Analog Input Menu).
Range High and Range Low
With a process input, you must choose a value to represent the low and high ends of the
current or voltage range. Choosing these values allows the controller’s display to be scaled
into the actual working units of measurement. For example, the analog input from a humidity transmitter could represent 0 to 100 percent relative humidity as a process signal of 4 to
20 mA. Low scale would be set to 0 to represent 4 mA and high scale set to 100 to represent
20 mA. The indication on the display would then represent percent humidity and range from
0 to 100 percent with an input of 4 to 20 mA. Select the low and high values with Range Low
r.Lo and Range High r.hi (Setup Page, Analog Input Menu).
Ten Point Linearization
Temperature
The linearization function allows a user to re-linearize a value read from an analog input.
There are 10 data points used to compensate for differences between the sensor value read
(input point) and the desired value (output
Input Point 10
point). Multiple data points enable compensa9
Reading from Sensor
8
Output Point 10
tion for non-linear differences between the
without Linearization
67
5
(Actual Value)
4
sensor readings and target process values over
3
Offset Zone
the thermal or process system operating
2
Input Point 1
range. Sensor reading differences can be
caused by sensor placement, tolerances, an
Reading from Sensor
with Linearization
inaccurate sensor or lead resistance.
(Displayed Value)
Output Point 1
No Offset
The user specifies the unit of measurement
Time
and then each data point by entering an input
point value and a corresponding output point
value. Each data point must be incrementally higher than the previous point. The linearization function will interpolate data points linearly in between specified data points.
Note:
Output Point 1 will be the minimum value that can be displayed, and Output Point 10
will be the maximum value that can be displayed. Consider setting Output Point 1 to the
minimum operating range, and Output Point 10 to the maximum operating range; for that
sensor type.
Outputs
Duplex
Certain systems require that a single process output, control both heating and cooling outputs. An EZ-ZONE® PM controller with a process output can function as two separate outputs.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
129
•
Chapter 9 Features
With a 4 to 20mA output the heating output will operate from 12 to 20mA (0 to +100 percent)
and the cooling output will operate from 12 to 4mA (0 to -100 percent).
In some cases this type of output is required by the device that the EZ-ZONE PM controls,
such as a three-way valve that opens one way with a 12 to 20mA signal and opens the other
way with a 4 to 12mA signal. This feature reduces the overall system cost by using a single
output to act as two outputs.
Output 1 can be ordered as process output. Select duplex dUpL as the Output Function fn
(Setup Page, Output Menu). Set the output to volts voLt or milliamps ЛЏa with Type o.ty.
Set the range of the process output with Scale Low S.Lo and Scale High s.hi.
NO-ARC Relay
A NO-ARC relay provides a significant improvement in the life of the output relay over conventional relays. Conventional mechanical relays have an expected life of 100,000 cycles at
the rated full-load current. The shorter life for conventional relays is due to the fact that
when contacts open while current is flowing metal degradation occurs. This action produces
unavoidable electrical arcing causing metal to transfer from one contact to the other. The
arcing conditions continue on each subsequent contact opening until over time the resistance
through the contacts increases causing the contacts to increase in temperature. Eventually,
the contacts will weld together and the relay remains in the on state.
The Watlow NO-ARC relay is a hybrid relay. It uses a mechanical relay for the current load
and a triac (solid-state switch) to carry the turn-on and turn-off currents. NO-ARC relays extend the life of the relay more than two million cycles at the rated full-load current.
Although a NO-ARC relay has significant life advantages, a few precautions must be followed
for acceptable usage:
Do not use:
•Hybrid relays for limit contactors. A limit or safety device must provide a positive mechanical break on all hot legs simultaneously
•DC loads with hybrid relays. The triacs used for arc suppression will turn off only with ac
line voltage
•Hybrid switches to drive any inductive loads, such as relay coils, transformers or solenoids
•Cycle times less than five seconds on hybrid switches
•On loads that exceed 264V ac through relay
•On loads that exceed 15 amperes load
•On loads less than 100mA
•NO-ARC relays in series with other NO-ARC relays
Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point
The retransmit feature allows a process output to provide an analog signal that represents
the set point or process value. The signal may serve as a remote set point for another controller or as an input for a chart recorder documenting system performance over time.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
130
•
Chapter 9 Features
Output Scale
In choosing the type of retransmit signal the operator must take into account the input
impedance of the device to be
Retransmit
retransmitted to and the required
Range High
signal type, either voltage or milliamps. Typically applications might
use the retransmit option to record
one of the variables with a chart
recorder or to generate a set point
for other controls in a multi-zone
application.
Range Low
Scale Low
Scale High
Retransmit Source
Output 1 can be ordered as process
output. Select retransmit rЛЏt as
the Function fn (Setup Page, Output Menu). Set the output to volts volt or milliamps ЛЏa
with Type o.ty. Select the signal to retransmit with Retransmit Source r.sr. Set the range of
the process output with Scale Low s.Lo and Scale High S.hi. Scale the retransmit source to
the process output with Range Low r.Lo and Range High r.hi.
When the retransmit source is at the Range Low value, the retransmit output will be at its
Scale Low value. When the retransmit source is at the Range High value, the retransmit output will be at its Scale High value.
Cool Output Curve
These output curves are used in plastics extruder applications: curve A for oil-cooled extruders and curve B for watercooled extruders. Select a nonlinear cool output curve with
Cool Output Curve C.Cr (Setup Menu, Loop Menu).
Actual Output Power
A nonlinear output curve may improve performance when the response of the output device
100
is nonlinear. If a cool output uses one of the nonlinear curves
a PID calculation yields a lower actual output level than a
80
linear output would provide.
60
40
20
Linear
Curve A
Linear
Curve B
Curve 1
Curve 2
0
Control Methods
PID Calculation
Output Configuration
Each controller output can be configured as a heat output, a cool output, an alarm output
or deactivated. No dependency limitations have been placed on the available combinations.
The outputs can be configured in any combination. For instance, all three could be set to
cool.
Heat and cool outputs use the set point and Operations parameters to determine the output
value. All heat and cool outputs use the same set point value. Heat and cool each have their
own set of control parameters. All heat outputs use the same set of heat control parameters
and all cool outputs use the same set of cool output parameters.
Each alarm output has its own set of configuration parameters and set points, allowing independent operation.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
131
•
Chapter 9 Features
Auto (closed loop) and Manual (open loop) Control
The controller has two basic modes of operation, auto mode and manual mode. Auto mode
allows the controller to decide whether to perform closed-loop control or to follow the
settings of Input Error Failure faiL (Setup Page, Loop Menu). The manual mode only allows open-loop control. The EZ-ZONE® PM controller is normally used in the auto mode. The
manual mode is usually only used for specialty applications or for troubleshooting.
Manual mode is open-loop control that allows the user to directly set the power level to the
controller’s output load. No adjustments of the output power level occur based on temperature or set point in this mode.
Power
Temperature
In auto mode, the controller monitors the input to determine if closed-loop control is possible. The controller checks to make certain a functioning sensor is providing a valid input
signal. If a valid input signal is present, the controller will perform closed-loop control.
Closed-loop control uses a process sensor to determine the difference between the process
value and the set point. Then the controller applies power to a control output load to reduce
that difference. If a valid input signal is not present, the controller will indicate an input
error message in the upper display and Attn in the lower display and respond to the failure
according to the setting of Input Error Failure FaiL. You can configure the controller to perform a bumpless transfer bpLs, switch power to output a preset fixed level ЛЏan, or turn
the output power off.
Bumpless transfer will allow the controller to transfer to the manual mode using the last
power value calculated in the auto mode
if the process had stabilized at a ±5
Actual Temperature
Set Point
percent output power level for the time
interval or 10 seconds, (whichever is
Sensor
Break
longer) prior to sensor failure, and that
power level is less than 75 percent.
Reverse Bumpless functionality will take 100%
Output Power
effect when the control is changed from
40%
Manual to Auto mode. The control will
Locks in
2 minutes
Output
preload the Manual Power value into the
0%
Power
Integral and Proportional Terms, which
Time
will allow for a bumpless transition. The
normal PID action will then take over to control the output to the Set Point value.
Note:
Reverse bumpless ignores the transition from Off to Auto.
Input Error Latching i.Er (Setup Page, Analog Input Menu) determines the controller’s response once a valid input signal returns to the controller. If latching is on, then the controller will continue to indicate an input error until the error is cleared. To clear a latched
alarm, press the Advance Key ‰ then the Up Key ¿. If latching is off, the controller will
automatically clear the input error and return to reading the temperature. If the controller was in the auto mode when the input error occurred, it will resume closed-loop control.
If the controller was in manual mode when the error occurred, the controller will remain in
open-loop control. The Manual Control Indicator Light % is on when the controller is operating in manual mode.
You can easily switch between modes if the Control Mode C.ЛЏ parameter is selected to appear in the Home Page.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
132
•
Chapter 9 Features
To transfer to manual mode from auto mode:
1. Press the Advance Key ‰ until C.ЛЏ appears in the lower display. The upper display will
display aUto for auto mode.
2. Use the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select ЛЏan. The manual set point value will be recalled from the last manual operation.
To transfer to auto mode from manual mode:
1. Press the Advance Key ‰ until C.ЛЏ appears in the lower display. The upper display will
display ЛЏan for manual mode.
2. Use the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select aUto. The automatic set point value will be recalled from the last automatic operation.
Changes take effect after three seconds or immediately upon pressing either the Advance
Key ‰ or the Infinity Key ˆ.
On-Off Control
On-off control switches the output either full on or full off, depending on the input, set point
and hysteresis values. The hysteresis value indicates the amount the process value must
deviate from the set point to turn on the output. Increasing the value decreases the number
of times the output will cycle. Decreasing hysteresis improves controllability. With hysteresis
set to 0, the process value would stay closer to the set point, but the output would switch
on and off more frequently, and may result in the output “chattering.” On-off control can be
selected with Heat Algorithm h.ag or Cool Algorithm C.ag (Setup Page, Loop Menu). On-off
hysteresis can be set with On/Off Heat Hysteresis h.hy or On/Off Cool Hysteresis C.hy (Operations Page, Loop Menu).
Note:
Input Error Failure Mode faiL does not function in on-off control mode. The output goes
off.
On/Off System Cycles
On/Off System Cycles
The cooling action
switches
on at startup.
Temperature
Temperature
The heating action switches off when the process
temperature rises above the set point.
Set Point
The cooling action switches on when
the process temperature rises above
the set point plus the hysteresis.
Process Temperature
Set Point
On/Off Hysteresis
The cooling action switches off when the process
temperature drops below the set point.
The heating action switches on when the process temperature
drops below the set point minus the hysteresis.
The heating action
switches on at startup.
Time
Time
Proportional and (P) Control
Some processes need to maintain a temperature or process value closer to the set point than
on-off control can provide. Proportional control provides closer control by adjusting the
output when the temperature or process value is within a proportional band. When the value
is in the band, the controller adjusts the output based on how close the process value is to
the set point. The closer the process value is to the set point, the lower the output power.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
133
•
Chapter 9 Features
Temperature
This is similar to backing off on the gas pedal of a car as you approach a stop sign. It keeps
the temperature or process value from swingProportional Control
ing as widely as it would with simple on-off
Overshoot
Set Point
control. However, when the system settles
down, the temperature or process value
tends to “droop” short of the set point.
Proportional Band
Droop
With proportional control, the output power
level equals the set point minus the process
value divided by proportional band times 100.
In an application with one output assigned to
heating and another assigned to cooling, each
will have a separate proportional parameter.
Time
The heating parameter takes effect when
the process temperature is lower than the set point, and the cooling parameter takes effect
when the process temperature is higher than the set point.
Adjust the proportional band with Heat Proportional Band h.pb or Cool Proportional Band
C.pb (Operations Page, Loop Menu).
Proportional and Integral (PI) Control
The droop caused by proportional control can be corrected by adding integral (reset) control. When the system settles down, the integral value is tuned to bring the temperature or
process value closer to the set point. Integral determines the speed of the correction, but
this may increase the overshoot at startup or when the set point is changed. Too much integral action will make the system unstable. Adjust the integral with Time Integral ti (Operations Page, Loop Menu).
Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) Control
Use derivative (rate) control to minimize the overshoot in a PI-controlled system. Derivative
(rate) adjusts the output power immediately based on the rate of change in the temperature
or process value. Too much derivative (rate) will make the system sluggish. Adjust the derivative with Time Derivative td (Operations Page, Loop Menu).
PID Control
Set Point
Reduced Overshoot
Temperature
Proportional Band
Time
Dead Band
In a PID application the dead bands above and below the set point can save an application’s
energy and wear by maintaining process temperature within acceptable ranges.
Proportional action ceases when the process value is within the dead band. Integral action
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
134
•
Chapter 9 Features
continues to bring the process temperature to the set point. Using a positive dead band
value keeps the two systems from fighting each other.
Positive Dead Band
Temperature
Cool Output Active
Set Point
Heat Output Active
Time
When the dead band value is zero, the heating output activates when the temperature
drops below the set point, and the cooling output switches on when the temperature exceeds the set point.
Temperature
Zero Dead Band
Cool Output Active
Set Point
Heat Output Active
Time
When the dead band value is a negative value, both heating and cooling outputs are active
when the temperature is near the set point. Adjust the dead band with Dead Band db (Operations Page, Loop Menu).
Temperature
Negative Dead Band
Set Point
Cool Output Active
Heat Output Active
Time
Variable Time Base
Variable time base is the preferred method for controlling a resistive load, providing a very
short time base for longer heater life. Unlike phase-angle firing, variable-time-base switching
does not limit the current and voltage applied to the heater. With variable time base outputs, the PID algorithm calculates an output between 0 and 100%, but the output is distributed in groupings of three ac line cycles. For each group of three ac line cycles, the controller decides whether the power should be on or off. There is no fixed cycle time since the
decision is made for each group of cycles. When used in conjunction with a zero cross (burst
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
135
•
Chapter 9 Features
fire) device, such as a solid-state power controller, switching is done only at the zero cross of
the ac line, which helps reduce electrical noise (RFI). Variable time base should be used with
solid-state power controllers, such as a solid-state relay (SSR) or silicon controlled rectifier
(SCR) power controller. Do not use a variable time base output for controlling electromechanical relays, mercury displacement relays, inductive loads or heaters with unusual resistance characteristics.
100 percent output
50 percent output
10 ON, 0 OFF
3 ON, 3 OFF
66 percent output
6 ON, 3 OFF
The combination of variable time base output and a solid-state relay can inexpensively approach the effect of analog, phase-angle fired control. Select the AC Line Frequency AC.Lf
(Setup Page, Global Menu), 50 or 60 Hz.
Single Set Point Ramping
Ramping protects materials and systems that cannot tolerate rapid temperature changes.
The value of the ramp rate is the maximum degrees per minute or hour that the system temperature can change.
Select Ramp Action rp (Setup Page, Loop Menu):
off ramping not active.
str ramp at startup.
Stpt ramp at a set point change.
both ramp at startup or when the set point changes.
Select whether the rate is in degrees per minute or degrees per hour with Ramp Scale r.SC.
Set the ramping rate with Ramp Rate r.rt (Setup Page, Loop Menu).
Heating System with Ramping
Set Point
Set Point
Temperature
Temperature
Heating System without Ramping
degrees
per minute
Temperature reaches Set Point quickly
Temperature ramps to Set Point at a set rate
Time
Time
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
136
•
Chapter 9 Features
Timer Function
1. When Timer Enable ti.En is set to yes yEs and the timer is started (you define which key
combination this is), the controller will switch from Set Point C.sp1 to Closed Loop Timer
Set Point Ct.s1. If the timer is interrupted, the timer is terminated and the time remaining is reset to its initial value.
2.When Timer Start Method ti.st is set to:
a. Immediate iЛЏd, the timer starts as soon as the counter is initiated. When Time Remaining t.r1 equals zero, the set point changes from Closed Loop Timer Set Point Ct.s1
back to Set Point C.SP1. A flashing colon 00:00 indicates that a countdown is in progress.
b. Ready Band rdy, the set point changes and when the temperature is within ready
band, the ready band indicator ‰ lights up and the countdown timer starts and continues as long as the temperature is within the ready band. When Time Remaining t.r1
equals zero, the set point changes from Closed Loop Timer Set Point Ct.s1 back to Set
Point C.sp1. A flashing colon 00:00 indicates that a countdown is in progress.
c. Ready Acknowledge rdya, the set point changes, and when the temperature is within
the ready band, the ready band indicator ‰ lights up. The user must then acknowledge
(you define which key combination for this) that the countdown timer should start and
continue as long as the temperature is within the ready band. When Time Remaining
t.r1 equals zero, the set point changes from Closed Loop Timer Set Point Ct.s1 back to
Set Point C.sp1. A flashing colon 00:00 indicates that a countdown is in progress.
d. Power PФІr, the timer starts when the controller is turned on. When Time Remaining
t.r1 equals zero, the set point changes from Closed Loop Timer Set Point Ct.s1 back to
Set Point C.sp1. A flashing colon 00:00 indicates that a countdown is in progress.
3.In Setup Page, Output Menu, Output Function fn can be assigned as Timer Event Output
1 tE.o1, Timer Event Output 2 tE.o2 or Timer Event Output 3 tE.o3. Timer Event Output
1 is active during timing, Timer Event Output 2 is deactivated during timing and Timer
Event Output 3 produces a pulse at the end of the timing sequence. These signals may be
used to monitor timer activity. Process outputs may not be assigned to Timer Event Outputs.
4.The home display is customized in the Factory Page, Custom Menu. You may program the
display to alternate between display pairs. See display pairs in the Setup Page, Global
Menu. As an example, we could show the process temperature in the upper display and
have the lower display alternate between the countdown time remaining and the active
set point.
Note:
The timer feature is only available for control loop 1 of two-loop controllers. Time is entered in hours, minutes and seconds. Countdown time will use the entered time but display the time remaining in either hh:mm or mm:ss format, based on your settings. The
colon pulses in one-second intervals during a countdown, to indicate that timing is underway. Parameters that appear in the Home page have the number 1 at the end of the displayed parameter. As an example, hoUr in the Setup Page, Timer Menu will be displayed
as hoU1 in the Home Page.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
137
•
Chapter 9 Features
Setting Up the Timer Function
1.Press and hold up ¿ and down ¯ arrow keys for 6 seconds to enter into the Setup Page
SEt.
2.Up arrow ¿ to Timer Menu tЛЏr.
3.Advance ‰ to Timer Enable ti.En to make selection using the up ¿ and down ¯ arrow
keys to select from the options below:
yEs Yes
no
No
4.Advance ‰ to Timer Start Method ti.st to select the method that will start the timer.
5.Use the up arrow ¿ to select from the options below:
iЛЏd Immediate
rdy Ready Band
rdya Ready Ack
pФІr Power
6.Advance ‰ to Source Function A sfn.a to select which input will start/terminate the
timer. Use the up arrow ¿ to select from the options below:
nonE None
dio Digital I/O
fUn Function Key
7.Advance ‰ to Source Instance A and use the up arrow ¿ to make a selection below:
If Source Function A of previous step is set to None nonE:
1 Does not matter which number is here
si.a Source Instance A
If Source Function A of previous step is set to Digital I/O dio:
5 Select 5 to 6
si.aSource Instance A
If Source Function A of previous step is set to Function Key fUn:
1 EZ1 Key
2
EZ2 Key
6 Hold infinity key for 2 seconds
7 Infinity ˆ and Down arrow ¯
8 Infinity ˆ and Up arrow ¿
si.aSource Instance A
8.Advance ‰ to Source Function C sfn.C to select the analog source for the ready band. Use
the up arrow ¿ to select from the options below:
pu Process Value
nonE None
ai Analog Input
Lnr Linearization
9.Advance ‰ and use the up arrow ¿ to make a selection below:
1 1 or (2, if second instance of Source Function C)
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
138
•
Chapter 9 Features
10.Advance ‰ to Source Function D sfn.d to select which input will acknowledge the ready
band. Use the up arrow ¿ to select from the options below:
nonE None
dio Digital I/O
fUn Function Key
11.Advance ‰ to Source Instance D and use the up arrow ¿ to make a selection below:
If Source Function A of previous step is set to None nonE:
1 Does not matter which number is here
si.d Source Instance D
If Source Function A of previous step is set to Digital I/O dio:
5 Select 5 to 6
si.dSource Instance D
If Source Function A of previous step is set to Function Key fUn:
1 EZ1 Key
2
EZ2 Key
6 Hold infinity key for 2 seconds
7 Infinity ˆ and Down arrow ¯
8 Infinity ˆ and Up arrow ¿
si.dSource Instance D
12.Advance ‰ to Time Remaining t.r, read only, display in hh:mm or mm:ss.
13.Advance ‰ to Ready Band State r.bs, read only, displayed as yes yEs or no no.
14.Advance ‰ to Ready Band rdy to enter the value for Ready Band using Up ¿ or Down arrow ¯.
15.Advance ‰ to Time Format t.for to select the time format. Use the up arrow ¿ to make
selection below:
thЛЏ Time Hours:Minutes
tЛЏs Time Minutes:Seconds
16.Advance ‰ to Countdown Time to enter hours, minutes and seconds using the Up ¿ or
Down arrow ¯.
hoUr Hours, then Advance ‰
ЛЏin Minutes, then Advance ‰
SEC Seconds
17.Advance ‰ to Closed Loop Timer Set Point Ct.SP to enter the temperature during counting using the Up ¿ or Down arrow ¯.
18.Advance ‰ to Signal Time st to enter time in seconds for Timer Event Output 3 tE.o3 to
be active at end of countdown time.
19.Press and hold the Infinity ˆ or Reset key for more than 2 seconds to go to Home Page.
20.See programming custom home page in factory page, custom menu to change the display
parameters such as active process value, closed loop set point time, closed loop timer
set point and time remaining as appropriate for the application.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
139
•
Chapter 9 Features
Alarms
Alarms are activated when the output level, process value or temperature leaves a defined
range. A user can configure how and when an alarm is triggered, what action it takes and
whether it turns off automatically when the alarm condition is over. Configure alarm outputs
in the Setup Page before setting alarm set points. Alarms do not have to be assigned to an
output. Alarms can be monitored and controlled through the front panel or by using software.
Process and Deviation Alarms
A process alarm uses one or two absolute set points to define an alarm condition. A deviation
alarm uses one or two set points that are defined relative to the set point used by the control loop. High and low alarm set points are calculated by adding or subtracting offset values
from the set point used by the control loop. If the set point changes, the window defined
by the alarm set points automatically moves with it. Select the type with Type a.ty (Setup
Page, Alarm Menu).
Set Points
The high set point defines the process value or temperature that will trigger a high side
alarm. The set point defines the temperature that will trigger a low side alarm. For deviation alarms, a negative set point represents a value below set point used by the control loop.
A positive set point represents a value above the set point used by the control loop. View or
change alarm set points with Low Set Point a.Lo and High Set Point a.hi (Operations Page,
Alarm Menu).
Hysteresis
An alarm state is triggered when the process value reaches the high or low set point. Hysteresis defines how far the process must return into the normal operating range before the
alarm can be cleared.
Hysteresis is a zone inside each alarm set point. This zone is defined by adding the hysteresis
value to the low set point or subtracting the hysteresis value from the high set point. View or
change hysteresis with Hysteresis a.hy (Setup Page, Alarm Menu).
High Side Alarm Range
High Set Point
Temperature
Hysteresis
Normal Operating Range
Hysteresis
Low Set Point
Low Side Alarm Range
Time
Alarm Set Points and Hysteresis
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
140
•
Chapter 9 Features
Latching
Temperature
A latched alarm will remain active after the alarm condition has passed. It can only be deactivated by the user. An active message, such
The alarm state begins when the temperature
as an alarm message, will cause the display to
reaches the Alarm High Set Point
toggle between the normal settings and the
High
active message in the upper display and attn
Set Point
in the lower display. Push the Advance Key ‰
Hysteresis
to display ignr in the upper display and the
Normal Operating Range
message source in the lower display. Use the Up
The alarm state continues until the
temperature drops to the Alarm High
¿ or Down ¯ keys to scroll through possible
Process
Set Point minus the hysteresis. A
Temperature
latching alarm could be turned off by
responses, such as Clear CLr or Silence SiL.
the operator at this point. A
non-latching alarm would turn off
Then push the Advance ‰ or Infinity ˆ key to
automatically.
Low
execute the action.
Set Point
See the Keys and Displays chapter and the
Time
Home Page chapter for more details. An alarm
Alarm Response with Hysteresis
that is not latched (self-clearing) will deactivate automatically when the alarm condition
has passed. Turn latching on or off with Latching a.La (Setup Page, Alarm Menu).
Silencing
If silencing is on the operator can disable the alarm output while the controller is in an alarm
state. The process value or temperature has to enter the normal operating range beyond the
hysteresis zone to activate the alarm output function again. An active message, such as an
alarm message, will cause the display to toggle between the normal settings and the active
message in the upper display and attn in the lower display.
1. Push the Advance Key ‰ to display ignr in the upper display and the message source in
the lower display.
2. Use the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys to scroll through possible responses, such as Clear CLr or
Silence siL. Then push the Advance ‰ or Infinity ˆ key to execute the action.
See the Keys and Displays chapter and the Home Page chapter for more details. Turn silencing on or off with Silencing asi (Setup Page, Alarm Menu).
Blocking
Blocking allows a system to warm up after it has been started up. With blocking on, an alarm
is not triggered when the process temperature is initially lower than the low set point or
higher than the high set point. The process temperature has to enter the normal operating
range beyond the hysteresis zone to activate the alarm function. If the EZ-ZONE PM has an
output that is functioning as a deviation alarm, the alarm is blocked when the set point is
changed, until the process value re-enters the normal operating range. Turn blocking on or
off with Blocking a.bL (Setup Page, Alarm Menu).
Open Loop Detection
When Open Loop Detection is enabled L.dE, the controller will look for the power output to
be at 100%. Once there, the control will then begin to monitor the Open Loop Detect Deviation L.dd as it relates to the value entered for the Open Loop Detect Time L.dt. If the specified time period expires and the deviation does not occur, an Open Loop Error will be triggered. Once the Open Loop Error condition exists the control mode will go off and an Open
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
141
•
Chapter 9 Features
Loop message will be display. If the process value goes in the opposite direction, a Reversed
Loop message is display. The sensor is likely wired in reverse polarity.
Note:
All prompts identified in this section can be found in the Loop Menu of the Setup Page.
Using Lockout and Password Security
If unintentional changes to parameter settings might raise safety concerns or lead to downtime, you can use the lockout feature to make them more secure. There are two methods of
lockout that can be deployed, both of which are accessible from the Factory Page.
Method 1- Change the value of the Read Lock rLoC (1 to 5) and Set Lock sLoC (0 to 5)
prompts where the higher the value or setting for each translates to a higher security clearance (greater access).
Method 2- Enable Password Security pas.E and then modify the Lock Level LoC.L value which ranges from 1 to 5. See the section entitled Using Lockout Method 2 for more detail.
Using Lockout Method 1 (Read and Set Lock)
All Pages have security levels assigned where two of those cannot be changed (Home and
Setup). Defaults (factory settings) for each are shown below:
- Home Page = 1
- Operations Page = 2 (changeable to 1, 2 or 3)
- Setup Page = 4
- Profiling Page = 3 (changeable to 1, 2 or 3)
- Factory Page = 5*
*The Factory Page is always visible where all menus within it may or may not be visible/
writable. For further detail see table "Factory Page Menus".
The table below represents the various levels of lockout for the Set Lockout Security prompt
sLoC and the Read Lockout Security prompt rLoC. Looking at the table, "Y" equates to yes
(can write/read) where "N" equates to no (cannot write/read). The colored cells simply differentiate one level from the next while also showing the level where read/write is enabled.
As stated previously, the Set Lockout has 6 levels (0 to 5) of security where the Read Lockout
has 5 (1 to 5). Therefore, level "0" applies to Set Lockout only.
Lockout Security sLoC and rLoC
0
Security Level
1
2 3 4 5
Home Page (cannot be changed)
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Operations Page
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Setup Page (cannot be changed)
N
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Pages
Profile Page
Factory Page
Being able to change the page security level for the Operations and Profile pages allows a
user to give access to the Profile Page while locking out the Operations Page. The following
example shows how the Lockout feature may be used to accomplish this:
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
142
•
Chapter 9 Features
Changing Security Levels:
1.From the Home Page, press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ and the Advance Key ‰ for approximately six seconds. CUst will appear in the upper display and fCty will appear in the
lower display.
2.Press the Up Key ¿ until LoC appears in the upper display and fCty will appear in the
lower display.
3.Press the Advance Key ‰ until Lock Operations prompt LoC.o appears in the bottom display.
4.Press the Up Key ¿ to change the default value from 2 to 3.
5.Press the Advance Key ‰ again and change the Lock Profiling prompt LoC.p appears in the
bottom display.
6.Press the Down Key ¯ to change the default value from 3 to 2.
7.Press the Advance Key ‰ until Read Lock rLoC appears in the bottom display.
8.Press the Down Key ¯ to change the default value from 5 to 2.
9.Press the Advance Key ‰ until Set Lock sLoC appears in the bottom display.
10.Press the Down Key ¯ to change the default value from 5 to 4.
With the above settings, the Home Page and the Profiling Page can be accessed, and all writable parameters can be written to. Due to the Read lock setting of 2, all pages with security
levels greater than 2 will be locked out (inaccessible).
Another example of Method 1 lockout usage could be that an operator wants read access to
all pages while allowing read/write access to the Home Page and the Lockout Menu only. To
setup this scenario follow the steps below:
1.From the Home Page, press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ and the Advance Key ‰ for approximately six seconds. CUst will appear in the upper display and fCty will appear in the
lower display.
2.Press the Up Key ¿ until LoC appears in the upper display and fCty will appear in the
lower display.
3.Press the Advance Key ‰ until Read Lock rLoC appears in the bottom display and change it
to 5.
4.Press the Advance Key ‰ until Set Lock SLoC appears in the bottom display and change it to
1.
Although the Factory Page is always visible, some menus within it can be restricted.
Lockout Security sLoC and rLoC
Factory Page Menus
Security Level
Menus
0
1
2
3
4
5
Custom Menu
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Lockout Menu*
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Diagnostic
Menu**
Calibration Menu
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
143
•
Chapter 9 Features
* Using lockout Method 1 with SLoC set to 0, all writable parameters within the control
will be inhibited (not writable) with two exceptions, SLoC and rLoC. As shown below,
both of these parameters can always be seen and modified.
** Diagnostic Menu and all associated prompts are always visible and never writable
Lockout Security sLoC and rLoC
Factory Page Menu Parameters
Security Level
Parameters
0
1
2
3
4
LoC.o
LoC.p
pas.E
rLoC
sLoC
5
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Note:
Using Method 1 Lockout all settings can be modified by anyone who knows how to find
their way to the SLoC and rLoC parameters.
Using Lockout Method 2 (Password Enable)
It is sometimes desirable to apply a higher level of security to the control where a password
would be required to access the control. If Password Enabled pas.E in the Factory Page
under the LoC Menu is set to on, an overriding Password Security will be in effect. Without
the appropriate password, specified menus will remain inaccessible. Page and Menu access
is defined in the Locked Access Level LoC.L prompt. On the other hand, a User with a password would have visibility restricted by the Read Lockout Security rLoC. As an example,
with Password Enabled and the Locked Access Level LoC.L set to 1 and rLoC is set to 3, the
available Pages for a User without a password would be limited to the Home and Factory
Pages (locked level 1). If the User password is entered all pages would be accessible with the
exception of the Setup Page as defined by level 3 access.
How to Enable Password Security
Follow the steps below:
1.From the Home Page, press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ and the Advance Key ‰ for approximately six seconds. CUst will appear in the upper display and fCty will appear in the
lower display.
2.Press the Up Key ¿ until LoC appears in the upper display and fCty will appear in the
lower display.
3.Press the Advance Key ‰ until Password Enable PAS.E appears in the bottom display and
change it to 5.
4.Press the Up Key ¿ to turn it on. Once on, four new prompts will appear:
a.Locked Access Level LoC.L, (1 to 5) corresponding to the lockout table above.
b.Rolling Password roLL, will change the Customer Code every time power is cycled.
c.User Password pas.u, which is needed for a User to acquire access to the control.
d.Administrator Password pas.A, which is needed to acquire administrative access to
the control.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
144
•
Chapter 9 Features
The Administrator can either change the User and or the Administrator password or leave
them in the default state. Once Password Security is enabled they will no longer be visible to
anyone other than the Administrator. In other words the Lock Menu LoC is not available to a
User. As can be seen in the formula that follows either the User or Administrator will need to
know what those passwords are to acquire a higher level of access to the control. Back out
of this menu by pushing the Infinity Key ˆ. Once out of the menu, the Password Security will
be enabled.
How to Acquire Access to the Control
To acquire access to any inaccessible Pages or Menus, go to the Factory Page and enter the
ULoC menu. Once there follow the steps below:
Note:
If Password Security (Password Enabled pas . E is On) is enabled the two prompts mentioned below in the first step will not be visible. If the password is unknown, call the individual or company that originally setup the control.
1.Acquire either the User Password pas.u or the Administrator Password pas.A.
2. Press the Advance ‰ key one time where the Code CodE prompt will be visible.
Note:
a. If the Rolling Password is off, press the Advance Key ‰ one more time where the Password pass prompt will be displayed. Proceed to either step 7a or 8a. Pushing the Up
¿ or Down ¯ arrow keys enter either the User or Administrator Password. Once entered, press and hold the Infinity ˆ key for two seconds to return to the Home Page.
b. If the Rolling Password roLL was turned on proceed on through steps 3 - 9.
3.Assuming the Code CodE prompt (Public Key) is still visible on the face of the control simply push the Advance Key ‰ to proceed to the Password pass prompt. If not, find your
way back to the Factory Page as described above.
4.Execute the calculation defined below (7b or 8b) for either the User or Administrator.
5.Enter the result of the calculation in the upper display play by using the Up ¿ and Down
¯ arrow keys or use EZ-ZONE Confgurator Software.
6.Exit the Factory Page by pressing and holding the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds.
Formulas used by the User and the Administrator to calculate the Password follows:
Passwords equal:
7.User
a. If Rolling Password roLL is Off, Password pass equals User Password pas.u.
b.If Rolling Password roLL is On, Password pass equals: (pas.u x code) Mod 929 + 70
8. Administrator
a. If Rolling Password roLL is Off, Password pass equals User Password pas.a.
b.If Rolling Password roLL is On, Password pass equals: (pas.A x code) Mod 997 + 1000
Differences Between a User Without Password, User With Password and Administrator
-User without a password is restricted by the Locked Access Level LoC. L.
- A User with a password is restricted by the Read Lockout Security rLoC never having access to the Lock Menu LoC.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
145
•
Chapter 9 Features
- An Administrator is restricted according to the Read Lockout Security rLoC however, the Administrator has access to the Lock Menu where the Read Lockout can be changed.
Modbus - Using Programmable Memory Blocks
When using the Modbus RTU or Modbus TCP protocols, the PM control features a block of addresses that can be configured by the user to provide direct access to a list of 40 user configured parameters. This allows the user easy access to this customized list by reading from or
writing to a contiguous block of registers.
To acquire a better understanding of the tables found in the back of this manual (See Appendix: (Modbus Programmable Memory Blocks) please read through the text below which
defines the column headers used.
Assembly Definition Addresses
- Fixed addresses used to define the parameter that will be stored in the "Working Addresses", which may also be referred to as a pointer. The value stored in these addresses will
reflect (point to) the Modbus address of a parameter within the PM control.
Assembly Working Addresses
- Fixed addresses directly related to their associated "Assembly Definition Addresses" (i.e.,
Assembly Working Addresses 200 & 201 will assume the parameter pointed to by Assembly
Definition Addresses 40 & 41).
When the Modbus address of a target parameter is stored in an "Assembly Definition Address"
its corresponding working address will return that parameter’s actual value. If it’s a writable
parameter, writing to its working register will change the parameter’s actual value. As an
example, Modbus register 360 represents the Analog Input 1 Process Value (See Operations
Page, Analog Input Menu). If the value 360 is loaded into Assembly Definition Address 90 and
value 361 is loaded into Assembly Definition Address 91, the process value sensed by analog
input 1 will also be stored in Modbus registers 250 and 251. Notice that by default this parameter is also stored in working registers 240 and 241 as well.
Note:
When modifying the Modbus Assembly registers, single register writes (function 06) are not
allowed. Multiple register writes (function 16) must be used to modify the assembly.
The table identified as "Assembly Definition Addresses and Assembly Working Addresses" (see
Appendix: Modbus Programmable Memory Blocks) reflects the assemblies and their associated
addresses.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
146
•
Chapter 9 Features
Software Configuration
Using EZ-ZONE Configurator Software
To enable a user to configure the PM control using a personal computer (PC), Watlow has provided free software for your use. If you have not yet obtained a copy of this software insert
the CD (Controller Support Tools) into your CD drive and install the software. Alternatively,
if you are viewing this document electronically and have a connection to the internet simply
click on the link below and download the software from the Watlow web site free of charge.
http://www.watlow.com/en/resources-and-support/Technical-Library/Software-and-Demos
Once the software is installed double click on the EZ-ZONE Configurator icon placed on your
desktop during the installation process. If you cannot find the icon follow the steps below to
run the software:
1. Move your mouse to the "Start" button
2. Place the mouse over "All Programs"
3. Navigate to the "Watlow" folder and then the sub-folder "EZ-ZONE Configurator"
4.Click on EZ-ZONE Configurator to run.
The first screen that will appear is shown below.
If the PC is already physically connected to the EZ-ZONE PM control click the next button to
go on-line.
Note:
When establishing communications from PC to the EZ-ZONE PM control an interface converter will be required. The Standard Bus network uses EIA-485 as the interface. Most PCs
today would require a USB to EIA-485 converter. However, some PCs may still be equipped
with EIA-232 ports, therefore an EIA-232 to EIA-485 converter would be required.
As can be seen in the above screen shot the software provides the user with the option of
downloading a previously saved configuration as well as the ability to create a configuration
off-line to download later. The screen shots that follow will take the user on-line.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
147
•
Chapter 9 Features
After clicking the next button above it is necessary to define the communications port that
will be used on the PC as shown below. Clicking on the drop down will allow the user to
select the appropriate communications port. This will be the port assigned to the EIA-485 to
USB converter when it was connected to the PC. The "Advanced" button allows the user to
determine how many devices to look for on the network (1 to 17).
After clicking on the "Next" button, the software will scan the network for the zone addresses specified while showing the progress made (as shown in the graphic below. When complete the software will display all of the available devices found on the network as shown
below.
Searching Network for Devices Available Network Devices Displayed
The PM8 is shown highlighted to bring greater clarity to the control in focus. Any EZ-ZONE
device on the network will appear in this window and would be available for the purpose of
configuration or monitoring; simply click on the control of choice. After doing so, the screen
below will appear. In the screen shot below notice that the device part number is clearly displayed at the top of the page (yellow highlight added for emphasis). When multiple EZ-ZONE
devices are on the network it is important that the part number be noted prior to configuring
so as to avoid making unwanted configuration changes to another control. Looking closely
at the left hand column (Parameter Menus) notice that it displays all of the available menus
and associated parameters within the control.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
148
•
Chapter 9 Features
The menu structure as laid out within this software follows:
- Setup - Operations - Factory - Profile
Navigating from one menu to the next is easy and clearly visible. Simply slide the scroll bar
up or down to display the menu and parameter of choice. If there is a need to bring greater
focus and clarity to the parameters of interest simply click on the negative symbol next to
any of the Menu items. As an example if it is desired to work within the Operations page
click the negative sign next to Setup where the Setup Page will then collapse. Now click the
plus sign next to Operations to find the menu items of choice without viewing unwanted
menus and parameters. Once the focus is brought to an individual parameter (single click of
mouse) as is the case for Analog Input 1 in the left column; all that can be setup related to
that parameter will appear in the center column. The grayed out fields in the center column
simply mean that this does not apply for the type of sensor selected. As an example, notice
that when a thermocouple is selected, RTD Leads does not apply and is therefore grayed out.
To speed up the process of configuration, notice that at the bottom of the center column
there is an option to copy settings. If all alarms were to be setup the same click on "Copy
Settings" where a copy dialog box will appear allowing for quick duplication of all settings.
Notice too, that by clicking on any of those items in the center column that context sensitive
help will appear for that particular item in the right hand column.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
149
•
Chapter 9 Features
Lastly, when the configuration is complete click the "Finish" button at the bottom right of the
previous screen shot. The screen that follows this action can be seen below.
Although the PM control now contains the configuration (because the previous discussion focused on doing the configuration on-line) it is suggested that after the configuration process
is completed that the user save this file on the PC for future use. If for some reason someone inadvertently changed a setting without understanding the impact, it would be easy and
perhaps faster to download a saved configuration back to the control versus trying to figure
out what was changed. Of course, there is an option to exit without saving a copy to the local hard drive. After selecting Save above, click the "Finish" button once again. The screen
below will than appear. When saving the configuration, note the location where the file will
be placed (saved in) and enter the file name (File name) as well. The default path for saved
files follows:
Users\"Username"\My Documents\Watlow\EZ-Zone Configurator\Saved Configurations
The user can save the file to any folder of choice.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
150
•
Chapter 9 Features
Chapter 10: Appendix
Troubleshooting Alarms, Errors and Control Issues
Indication
Description
Possible Cause(s)
Corrective Action
Alarm won’t
Alarm will not clear • Latching is active
clear or reset or reset with keypad
or digital input
Alarm won’t
occur
Alarm Error
AL.E1
AL.E2
AL.E3
AL.E4
• Reset alarm when process
is within range or disable
latching
• Set output to correct
• Alarm set to incorrect
alarm source instance
output
• Alarm is set to incorrect • Set alarm source to correct input instance
source
• Correct cause of sensor
• Sensor input is out of
input out of alarm range
alarm set point range
• Alarm set point is incor- • Set alarm set point to
correct trip point
rect
• Alarm is set to incorrect • Set alarm to correct
type: process, deviation
type
or power
• Digital input function is • Set digital input function
and source instance
incorrect
Alarm will not acti- • Silencing is active
• Disable silencing, if revate output
quired
• Disable blocking, if re• Blocking is active
quired
• Alarm is set to incorrect • Set output to correct
alarm source instance
output
• Alarm is set to incorrect • Set alarm source to correct input instance
source
• Alarm set point is incor- • Set alarm set point to
correct trip point
rect
• Alarm is set to incorrect • Set alarm to correct
type: process, deviation
type
or power
Alarm state cannot • Sensor improperly wired • Correct wiring or replace
be determined due
or open
sensor
to lack of sensor
• Incorrect setting of sen- • Match setting to sensor
input
sor type
used
• Calibration corrupt
• Check calibration of controller
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
151
•
Appendix
Indication
Alarm Low
AL.L1
AL.L2
AL.L3
AL.L4
Alarm High
AL.h1
AL.h2
AL.h3
AL.h4
Error Input
Er.i1
Description
Possible Cause(s)
Corrective Action
Sensor input below • Temperature is less than • Check cause of under
low alarm set point
alarm set point
temperature
• Alarm is set to latching • Clear latched alarm
and an alarm occurred in
the past
• Incorrect alarm set point • Establish correct alarm
set point
• Set alarm source to prop• Incorrect alarm source
er setting
Sensor input above • Temperature is greater
• Check cause of over temhigh alarm set point
than alarm set point
perature
• Alarm is set to latching • Clear latched alarm
and an alarm occurred in
the past
• Incorrect alarm set point • Establish correct alarm
set point
• Set alarm source to prop• Incorrect alarm source
er setting
Sensor does not
•Sensor improperly wired • Correct wiring or replace
provide a valid sigor open
sensor
nal to controller
•Incorrect setting of sensor • Match setting to sensor
type
used
•Calibration corrupt
• Check calibration of controller
Ambient Error Sensor does not
provide a valid sigEr.ab
nal to controller
•Ambient error - cold junc- • Return to factory for retion circuitry not working
pair
Loop Open Er- Open Loop Detect is • Setting of Open Loop De- • Set correct Open Loop
ror
active and the protect Time incorrect
Detect Time for applicacess value did not
tion
Lp.o1
deviate by a user- • Setting of Open Loop De- • Set correct Open Loop
selected value in a
Deviation value for applitect Deviation incorrect
user specified pecation
riod with PID power
• Determine cause of open
• Thermal loop is open
at 100%.
thermal loop: misplaced
sensors, load failure, loss
of power to load, etc.
• Open Loop Detect func- • Deactivate Open Loop
Detect feature
tion not required but activated
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
152
•
Appendix
Indication
Description
Possible Cause(s)
Loop Reversed Open Loop Detect is • Setting of Open Loop DeError
active and the protect Time incorrect
cess value is headLp.r1
ed in the wrong
• Setting of Open Loop Dedirection when the
tect Deviation incorrect
output is activated
based on deviation
• Output programmed for
value and userincorrect function
selected value.
• Thermocouple sensor
wired in reverse polarity
Ramping
rp1
Autotuning
tUn1
Corrective Action
• Set correct Open Loop
Detect Time for application
• Set correct Open Loop
Deviation value for application
Controller is ramp- • Ramping feature is actiing to new set point
vated
• Set output function correctly
• Wire thermocouple correctly, (red wire is negative)
• Disable ramping feature if
not required
Controller is autotuning the control
loop
• Wait until autotune completes or disable autotune feature
• User started the autotune function
• Set digital input to function other than autotune,
if desired
Output does not ac- • Output function is incor- • Set output function cortivate load
rectly set
rectly
• Control mode is incor• Set control mode approrectly set
priately (Open vs Closed
Loop)
• Correct output wiring
• Output is incorrectly
wired
• Load, power or fuse is
• Correct fault in system
open
• Control set point is incor- • Set control set point in
rect
appropriate control mode
and check source of set
point: remote, idle, profile, closed loop, open
loop
• Digital input is set to
start autotune
No heat/cool
action
• Incorrect controller mod- • Obtain correct controller
model for application
el for application
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
153
•
Appendix
Indication
No Display
Description
No display indication or LED illumination
Possible Cause(s)
Corrective Action
• Power to controller is off
• Fuse open
• Breaker tripped
• Safety interlock switch
open
• Separate system limit
control activated
• Turn on power
• Replace fuse
• Reset breaker
• Close interlock switch
• Wiring error
• Correct wiring issue
• Incorrect voltage to controller
No Serial Com- Cannot establish se- • Address parameter incormunication
rial communications
rect
with the controller • Incorrect protocol selected
• Baud rate incorrect
• Parity incorrect
• Wiring error
• EIA-485 converter issue
• Reset limit
• Apply correct voltage,
check part number
• Set unique addresses on
network
• Match protocol between
devices
• Match baud rate between
devices
• Match parity between devices
• Correct wiring issue
• Check settings or replace
converter
• Set correct communica• Incorrect computer or
tion port
PLC communications port
• Incorrect software setup • Correct software setup to
match controller
• Wires routed with power • Route communications
cables
wires away from power
wires
Process
doesn’t control to set
point
Process is unstable
or never reaches
set point
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
• Termination resistor may • Place 120 Ω resistor
across EIA-485 on last
be required
controller
• Controller not tuned cor- • Perform autotune or
rectly
manually tune system
• Control mode is incor• Set control mode approrectly set
priately (Open vs Closed
Loop)
• Control set point is incor- • Set control set point in
rect
appropriate control mode
and check source of set
point: remote, idle, profile, closed loop, open
loop
•
154
•
Appendix
Indication
Temperature
runway
Description
Possible Cause(s)
Process value con- • Controller output incortinues to increase
rectly programmed
or decrease past set • Thermocouple reverse
point.
wired
• Controller output wired
incorrectly
Corrective Action
• Verify output function is
correct (heat or cool)
• Correct sensor wiring
(red wire negative)
• Verify and correct wiring
• Replace heater
• Short in heater
• Power controller connec- • Replace or repair power
controller
tion to controller defective
• Controller output defective
Device Error
100
rEtn
Controller displays
internal malfunction message at
power up.
Menus inaccessible
Unable to access
sEt, opEr, fCty
or prof menus or
particular prompts
in Home Page
EZ-Key/s do
not work
EZ-Key/s do not
activate required
function
Displayed value to low
uaL.L
• Replace or repair controller
• Controller defective
• Replace or repair controller
• Sensor input over driven • Check sensors for ground
loops, reverse wiring or
out of range values.
• Security set to incorrect • Check LoC settings in
level
Factory Page and enter
appropriate password in
ULoC setting in Factory
Page
• Digital input set to lock- • Change state of digital
input
out keypad
• Change custom param• Custom parameters ineters in Factory Page
correct
• EZ-Key function incorrect • Verify EZ-Key function in
the Setup Menu
• EZ-Key function instance • Correct and change the
function instance if not
not correct
correct
• Replace or repair control• Keypad malfunction
ler
Value to low to be • Incorrect setup
• Check scaling of source
displayed in 4 digit
data
LED display <-1999
Displayed val- Value to high to be
displayed in 4 digit
ue to high
LED display >9999
uaL.h
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
• Incorrect setup
•
155
•
• Check scaling of source
data
Appendix
Detection of and Rules Around Abnormal Sensor Conditions
Inputs
Detection of Abnormal Conditions
Thermocouple
Shorted
No direct detection, Open loop firmware detection.
Open
Yes, Parasitic pull-up
Reversed
Yes, firmware detection
Current Source
Shorted
Range limiting only
Open
Range limiting only
Reversed
Range limiting only
Voltage Source
Open
Range limiting only
Shorted
Range limiting only
Reversed
Range limiting only
RTD
S1 open
Yes, pulled up.
S2 open
Not implemented.
S3 open
Yes, pulled up.
S1 short to S2
Yes, pulled up
S1 short to S3
Yes, pulled down to under range.
S2 shorted to S3
Not implemented, Possible, monitor S2 voltage.
S1 and S2 open
Yes, pulled down to under range.
S1 and S3 open
Yes, S1 pulled up.
S2 and S3 open
Yes pulled up.
Thermistor
S1 open
Yes, pulled up to sensor over range.
S3 open
Yes, pulled up to sensor over range.
S1 short to S3
Yes, pulled down to sensor under range.
S1 and S3 open
Yes, S1 pulled up to sensor over range.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
156
•
Appendix
Modbus - Programmable Memory Blocks
The Modbus assembly or programmable memory blocks consists of 40 pointers to the parameters of your choosing starting at Modbus register 40 (shown on the following page). The
pointers are 32-bits long and are stored in two sequential registers. As an example, if it is
desired to move an alias to the Set Point of the PM (register 2160) into pointer registers 40
and 41, a single multi-write command (0x10 function) would be used writing 2160 into register 40 and 2161 into register 41.
Once the parameters of choice have been defined and written to the specified pointer registers, the working registers will then represent the parameters written. In the example
above, the 32-bit floating point Set Point (2160 and 2161) was first written to registers 40
and 41 which in turn defines working registers 200 and 201 as Set Point. As can be seen in the
graphic below, reading back registers 200 and 201 the Set Point is displayed.
The screen shot above was taken from a program that can be found on the Watlow Support
Tools DVD (shipped with the product) as well as on the Watlow website. On the DVD, it can
be found under "Utility Tools" and is identified as "Modbus RTU Diagnostic Program for EZZONE PM, RM and ST". A similar program can be found here as well for Modbus TCP. If it is
easier to go to the web to acquire this software, click on the link below and type "modbus"
in the search field where both versions can be found and downloaded. http://www.watlow.
com/en/Resources-And-Support/Technical-Library/Software-and-Demos
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
157
•
Appendix
Assembly Definition Addresses and Assembly Working Addresses
Pointer Registers
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
98
100
102
104
106
108
110
112
114
116
118
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
71
73
75
77
79
81
83
85
87
89
91
93
95
97
99
101
103
105
107
109
111
113
115
117
119
Working Registers
200
202
204
206
208
210
212
214
216
218
220
222
224
226
228
230
232
234
236
238
240
242
244
246
248
250
252
254
256
256
260
262
264
266
268
270
272
274
276
278
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
201
203
205
207
209
211
213
215
217
219
221
223
225
227
229
231
233
235
237
239
241
243
245
247
249
251
253
255
257
259
261
263
265
267
269
271
273
275
277
279
•
158
•
Appendix
Modbus Default Assembly Structure 40-119
Assembly Pointer
Registers
Registers 40 & 41
Pointer 1 = 1880 & 1881
Loop, Control Mode
Registers 42 & 43
Pointer 2 = 2160 & 2161
Set Point
Registers 44 & 45
Pointer 3 = 2162 & 2163
Manual Power
Registers 46 & 47
Pointer 4 = 1480 & 1481
Alarm 1 High Set Point
Registers 48 & 49
Pointer 5 = 1482 & 1483
Alarm 1 Low Set Point
Registers 50 & 51
Pointer 6 = 1530 & 1531
Alarm 2 High Set Point
Registers 52 & 53
Pointer 7 = 1532 & 1533
Alarm 2 Low Set Point
Registers 54 & 55
Pointer 8 = 1580 & 1581
Alarm 3 High Set Point
Registers 56 & 57
Pointer 9 = 1582 & 1583
Alarm 3 Low Set Point
Registers 58 & 59
Pointer 10 = 1630 & 1631
Alarm 4 High Set Point
Registers 60 & 61
Pointer 11 = 1632 & 1633
Alarm 4 Low Set Point
Registers 62 & 63
Pointer 12 = 2540 & 2541
Profile Action Request
Registers 64 & 65
Pointer 13 = 2520 & 2521
Profile Start
Registers 66 & 67
Pointer 14 = 1890 & 1891
Heat Proportional Band
Registers 68 & 69
Pointer 15 = 1892 & 1893
Cool Proportional Band
Registers 70 & 71
Pointer 16 = 1894 & 1895
Time Integral
Registers 72 & 73
Pointer 17 = 1896 & 1897
Time Derivative
Registers 74 & 75
Pointer 18 = 1900 & 1901
On/Off Heat Hysteresis
Registers 76 & 77
Pointer 19 = 1902 & 1903
On/Off Cool Hysteresis
Registers 78 & 79
Pointer 20 = 1898 & 1899
Deadband
Assembly Pointer
Registers
Assembly Working
Addresses
Registers 80 & 81
Registers 200 & 201
Pointer 21 = 360 & 361
Analog Input 1
Value
Value of Pointer 1
Registers 82 & 83
Registers 202 & 203
Pointer 22 = 362 & 363
Analog Input 1 Error
Value of Pointer 2
Registers 84 & 85
Registers 204 & 205
Pointer 23 = 440 & 441
Analog Input 2
Value
Value of Pointer 3
Registers 86 & 87
Registers 206 & 207
Pointer 24 = 442 & 443
Analog Input 2 Error
Value of Pointer 4
Registers 88 & 89
Registers 208 & 209
Value of Pointer 5
Pointer 25 = 1496 & 1497
Alarm 1 State
Registers 90 & 91
Registers 210 & 211
Value of Pointer 6
Pointer 26 = 1546 & 1547
Alarm 2 State
Registers 212 & 213
Registers 92 & 93
Pointer 27 = 1596 & 1597
Alarm 3 State
Value of Pointer 7
Registers 214 & 215
Registers 94 & 95
Value of Pointer 8
Pointer 28 = 1646 & 1647
Alarm 4 State
Registers 216 & 217
Registers 96 & 97
Value of Pointer 9
Pointer 29 = 1328 & 1329
Digital Input 5 Status
Registers 218 & 219
Registers 98 & 99
Value of Pointer 10
Pointer 30 = 1348 & 1349
Digital Input 6 Status
Assembly Working
Addresses
Registers 240 & 241
Value of Pointer 21
Registers 242 & 243
Value of Pointer 22
Registers 244 & 245
Value of Pointer 23
Registers 246 & 247
Value of Pointer 24
Registers 248 & 249
Value of Pointer 25
Registers 250 & 251
Value of Pointer 26
Registers 252 & 253
Value of Pointer 27
Registers 254 & 256
Value of Pointer 28
Registers 256 & 257
Value of Pointer 29
Registers 258 & 259
Value of Pointer 30
Registers 220 & 221
Registers 100 & 101
Value of Pointer 11
Pointer 31 = 1882 & 1883
Control Mode Active
Registers 260 & 261
Value of Pointer 31
Registers 222 & 223
Registers 102 & 103
Value of Pointer 12
Pointer 32 = 1904 & 1905
Heat Power
Registers 224 & 225
Registers 104 & 105
Value of Pointer 13
Pointer 33 = 1906 & 1907
Cool Power
Registers 226 & 227
Registers 106 & 107
Value of Pointer 14
Pointer 34 = 690 & 691
Limit State
Registers 228 & 229
Registers 108 & 109
Value of Pointer 15
Pointer 35 = 2520 & 2521
Profile Start
Registers 230 & 231
Registers 110 & 111
Pointer 36 = 2540 & 2541
Profile Action Request
Value of Pointer 16
Registers 112 & 113
Registers 232 & 233
Pointer 37 = 2524 & 2525
Active File
Value of Pointer 17
Registers 114 & 115
Registers 234 & 235
Pointer 38 = 2526 & 2527
Active Step
Value of Pointer 18
Registers 116 & 117
Registers 236 & 237
Pointer 39 = 2528 & 2529
Active Set Point
Value of Pointer 19
Registers 118 & 119
Registers 238 & 239
Pointer 40 = 2536 & 2537
Step Time Remaining
Value of Pointer 20
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
159
•
Registers 262 & 263
Value of Pointer 32
Registers 264 & 265
Value of Pointer 33
Registers 266 & 267
Value of Pointer 34
Registers 268 & 269
Value of Pointer 35
Registers 270 & 271
Value of Pointer 36
Registers 272 & 273
Value of Pointer 37
Registers 274 & 275
Value of Pointer 38
Registers 276 & 277
Value of Pointer 39
Registers 278 & 279
Value of Pointer 40
Appendix
PM Specifications
LineVoltage/Power (Minimum/Maximum Ratings)
•85 to 264VÅ (ac), 47 to 63Hz
•20 to 28VÅ (ac), 47 to 63Hz
•12 to 40VÎ (dc)
•14VA maximum power consumption (PM4, 8 & 9)
•10VA maximum power consumption (PM6)
•Data retention upon power failure via non-volatile memory
•Compliant with SEMIF47-0200, Figure R1-1 voltage sag requirements @ 24VÅ (ac) or higher
Environment
•0 to 149°F (-18 to 65°C) operating temperature
•-40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C) storage temperature
•0 to 90% RH, non-condensing
Accuracy
•Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity: ± 0.1% of span, ± 1°C @ the calibrated ambient
temperature and rated line voltage
•Types R, S, B; 0.2%
•Type T below -50°C; 0.2%
•Calibration ambient temperature @ 77 ± 5°F (25 ± 3°C)
•Accuracy span :1000 °F (540°C) min.
•Temperature stability: ±0.1 °F/°F (±0.1°C/°C) rise in ambient max.
Agency Approvals
•UL® Listed to UL 61010-1 File E185611
•UL Reviewed to CSA C22.2 No.61010-1-04
•UL 50 Type 4X, NEMA 4X indoor locations, IP65 front panel seal (indoor use only)
•FM Class 3545 File 3029084 temperature limit switches
•CE-See Declaration of Conformity RoHS and W.E.E.E. complaint
•UL Listed to ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2007 File E184390
•This equipment is suitable for use in Class 1, Div.2, Groups A, B, C and D or non-hazardous
locations only. Temperature Code T4A
•UL reviewed to Standard No. CSA C22.2 No.213-M1987, Canadian Hazardous locations
•All models, CSA C22.2 No. 24 File 158031 Class 4813-02, CSA Approved
Controller
•User selectable heat/cool, on-off, P, PI, PD, PID or alarm action
•Auto-tune with TRU-TUNE®+ adaptive control algorithm
•Control sampling rates: input = 10Hz, outputs = 10Hz
Profile Ramp/Soak - Real Time Clock and Battery Back-up
•Accuracy (typical): ±30PPM at 77°F (25°C)
•+30/-100 PPM at -4 to 149°F (-20 to 65°C)
•Battery type: Rayovac 3V (BR1225) lithium (recycle properly). Battery is available only on
models with real-time clock
•Battery typical life: three cumulative years of life without power at 77°F (25°C)
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
160
•
Appendix
Isolated Serial Communications
•EIA232/485, Modbus® RTU
Wiring Termination—Touch-Safe Terminals
•Input, power and controller output terminals are touch safe removable 3.30 to 0.0507 mm2
(12 to 22 AWG)
•Wire strip length 7.6 mm (0.30 in.)
•Torque 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb)
Universal Input
•Thermocouple, grounded or ungrounded sensors
-- >20MΩ input impedance
•Max. 2kΩ source resistance
•3µA open sensor detection
•RTD 2- or 3-wire, platinum, 100Ω and 1kΩ @ 0°C (32°F) calibration to DIN curve (0.00385
Ω/Ω/°C)
•Process, 0-20mA @100Ω, or 0-10VÎ (dc) @ 20kΩ input impedance; scalable, 0-50mV
Voltage Input Ranges
- Accuracy ±10mV ±1 LSD at standard conditions
- Temperature stability ±100 PPM/°C maximum
Milliamp Input Ranges
- Accuracy ±20µA ±1 LSD at standard conditions
- Temperature stability ±100 PPM/°C maximum
Resolution Input Ranges
- 0 to 10V: 200µV nominal
- 0 to 20 mA: 0.5mA nominal
•Potentiometer: 0 to 1.2kΩ
•Inverse scaling
Input Type
Max Error @ 25 Deg C
Accuracy
Range Low
Accuracy
Range High
Units
J
K
T
N
E
R
S
B
C
D
F (PTII)
RTD, 100 ohm
RTD, 1000 ohm
mV
±1.75
±2.45
±1.55
±2.25
±2.10
±3.9
±3.9
±2.66
±3.32
±3.32
±2.34
±2.00
±2.00
±0.05
0
-200
-200
0
-200
0
0
870
0
0
0
-200
-200
-50
750
1250
350
1250
900
1450
1450
1700
2315
2315
1343
800
800
50
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
DegC
mV
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
161
•
Appendix
Input Type
Max Error @ 25 Deg C
Accuracy
Range Low
Accuracy
Range High
Units
Volts
±0.01
0
10
Volts
mAdc
±0.02
0
20
mAmps DC
mAac
±5
0
50
mAmps AC
Operating Range
Input Type
J
K
T
N
E
R
S
B
C
D
F (PTII)
RTD (100 ohm)
RTD (1000 ohm)
mV
Volts
mAdc
mAac
Potentiometer, 1K range
Resistance, 5K range
Resistance, 10K range
Resistance, 20K range
Resistance, 40K range
Range Low
-210
-270
-270
-270
-270
-50
-50
0
0
0
0
-200
-200
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Range High
1200
1371
400
1300
1000
1767
1767
1816
2315
2315
1343
800
800
50
10
20
50
1200
5000
10000
20000
40000
Units
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
mV
Volts
mAmps DC
mAmps AC
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Thermistor Input
Input Type
Thermistor,
Thermistor,
Thermistor,
Thermistor,
5K range
10K range
20K range
40K range
Max Error @
25 Deg C
±5
±10
±20
±40
Accuracy
Range Low
0
0
0
0
Accuracy Range
High
5000
10000
20000
40000
Units
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
•0 to 40kΩ, 0 to 20kΩ, 0 to 10kΩ, 0 to 5kΩ
•2.252kΩ and 10kΩ base at 25°C
•Linearization curves built in
•Third party Thermistor compatibility requirements
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
162
•
Appendix
Base R @ 25C
Alpha
Techniques
Beta
THERM
YSI
Thermistor
Curve
2.252K
10K
10K
Curve A
Curve A
Curve C
2.2K3A
10K3A
10K4A
004
016
006
A
B
C
2 Digital Input/Output Option - 2 DIO
•Digital input update rate 10Hz
- DC voltage
- Max. input 36V @ 3mA
- Min. high state 3V at 0.25mA
- Max. low state 2V
- Dry contact
- Min. open resistance 10kΩ
- Max. closed resistance 50Ω
- Max. short circuit 13mA
•Digital output update rate 10Hz
-SSR drive signal
- Update rate 10 Hz
- Maximum open circuit voltage is 22 to 25Î (dc)
- PNP transistor source
- Typical drive; 21mA @ 4.5V for DO5, and 11mA @ 4.5V for DO6
- Current limit 24mA for Output 5 and 12mA Output 6
- Output 5 capable of driving one 3 - pole DIN-A-MITE
- Output 6 capable of driving one 1 - pole DIN-A-MITE
Output Hardware
•Switched DC
- Maximum open circuit voltage is 22 to 25VÎ (dc)
- 30mA max. per single output / 40mA max. total per paired outputs (1 & 2, 3 & 4)
- Typical drive; 4.5VÎ (dc) @ 30mA
- Short circuit limited to <50mA
- Use dc- and dc+ to drive external solid-state relay
- 1-pole DIN-A-MITE: up to 4 in parallel or 4 in series
- 2-pole DIN-A-MITE: up to 2 in parallel or 2 in series
- 3-pole DIN-A-MITE: up to 2 in series
•Switched dc/open collector = 30VÎ (dc) max. @ 100mA max. current sink
•Solid State Relay (SSR), FormA, 0.5A @ 24VÅ (ac) min., 240VÅ (ac) max., 1A at 50°F linear
derating to 0.5A at 149°F resistive, opto-isolated, without contact suppression, 120/240VÅ (ac) 20 VA pilot duty
•Minimum holding current of 10mA
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
163
•
Appendix
•Electromechanical relay, Form C, 5A, 24 to 240VÅ (ac) or 30VÎ (dc) max., resistive load,
100,000 cycles at rated load, 125 VA pilot duty at 120/240VÅ (ac), 25 VA at 24VÅ (ac)
•Electromechanical relay, FormA, 5A, 24 to 240VÅ (ac) or 30VÎ (dc) max., resistive load,
100,000 cycles at rated load, 125 VA pilot duty at 120/240VÅ (ac), 25 VA at 24VÅ (ac)
•NO-ARC relay, FormA, 15A, 24 to 240VÅ (ac), no VÎ (dc), resistive load, 2 million cycles at
rated load
•Universal process/retransmit, Output range selectable:
- 0 to 10VÎ (dc) into a min. 1kΩ load
- 0 to 20mA into max. 800Ω load
Resolution
- dc ranges: 2.5mV nominal
- mA ranges: 5µA nominal
Calibration Accuracy
- dc ranges: ±15mV
- mA ranges: ±30µA
Temperature Stability
- 100 ppm/°C
Operator Interface
•Dual 4 digit, 7 segment LED displays
•Advance, infinity, up and down keys, plus optional programmable EZ-KEY/s depending on
model size
•Typical display update rate 1Hz
•RESET key substituted for infinity on all models including the limit control
Dimensions
Behind Panel
(max.)
101.6 mm
(4.00 in)
Width
Height
Display Character Height
53.3 mm
(2.10 in)
30.9 mm
(1.22 in)
1/4
100.8 mm
(3.97 in)
100.3 mm
(3.95 in)
100.3 mm
(3.95 in)
1/16
101.6 mm
(4.00 in)
53.3 mm
(2.10 in)
53.3 mm
(2.10 in)
1/8
(H)
101.6 mm
(4.00 in)
100.3 mm
(3.95 in)
54.8 mm
(2.16 in)
1/8 (V)
101.6 mm
(4.00 in)
54.8 mm
(2.16 in)
100.3 mm
(3.95 in)
Large: 7.62 mm (0.300 in)
Small: 5.59 mm (0.220 in)
Large: 20.32 mm (0.800 in)
Medium: 12.70 mm (0.500 in)
Small: 10.16 mm (0.400 in)
Large: 10.16 mm (0.400 in)
Small: 5.97 mm (0.235 in)
Large: 11.4 mm (0.450 in)
Medium: 9.53 mm (0.375 in)
Small: 7.62 mm (0.300 in)
Large: 11.4 mm (0.450 in)
Medium: 9.53 mm (0.375 in)
Small: 7.62 mm (0.300 in)
Size
1/32
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
164
•
Appendix
Weight
1/32 DIN (PM3)
• Controller: 127 g (4.5 oz.)
1/8 DIN (PM8 and 9)
• Controller: 284 g (10 oz.)
User's Guide
• User's Guide: 284.86 g (10.1 oz)
1/4 DIN (PM4)
• Controller: 331 g (11.7 oz.)
1/16 DIN (PM6)
• Controller: 186 g (6.6 oz.)
Modbus® is a trademark of AEG Schneider Automation Inc.
UL® is a registered trademark of Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
Note:
These specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
165
•
Appendix
Ordering Information for PID Controller Models
P M __ __ __ __ __ - __ A A A __ __ __
Controller
EZ-ZONE® PID Controller Models
TRU-TUNE+® Adaptive Tune, red-green 7-segment displays
Package Size
3
6
8
9
4
Panel Mount 1/32 DIN
Panel Mount 1⁄16 DIN
Panel Mount 1⁄8 DIN Vertical
Panel Mount 1⁄8 DIN Horizontal
Panel Mount 1⁄4 DIN Horizontal
Primary Function
C
R
T
B
PID Controller with Universal Input
PID Controller with Universal Input and Profiling Ramp and Soak
PID Controller with Universal Input and Timer
PID Controller with Universal Input and Profiling Ramp and Soak
and Battery Backup with Real Time Clock
J
PID Controller with Thermistor Input
N
PID Controller with Thermistor Input and Profiling Ramp and Soak
E
PID Controller with Thermistor Input and Profiling Ramp and Soak
and Battery Backup with Real Time Clock
S
Custom Firmware
- Options B and E are not available with PM3 or PM6
Power Supply, Digital Input/Output
1
2
3
4
100 to 240VÅ (ac)
100 to 240VÅ (ac) plus 2 Digital I/O points
15 to 36VÎ (dc) and 24VÅ (ac)
15 to 36VÎ (dc) and 24VÅ (ac), plus 2 Digital I/O points
Output 1 and 2 Hardware Options
Output 1
Output 2
CA
Switched dc/open collector
None
CH
Switched dc/open collector
NO-ARC 15 A power control
CC
Switched dc/open collector
Switched dc
CJ
Switched dc/open collector
Mechanical relay 5 A, form A
CK
Switched dc/open collector
Solid-State Relay 0.5 A, form A
EA
Mechanical relay 5 A, form C
None
EH
Mechanical relay 5 A, form C
NO-ARC 15 A power control
EC
Mechanical relay 5 A, form C
Switched dc
EJ
Mechanical relay 5 A, form C
Mechanical relay 5 A, form A
EK
Mechanical relay 5 A, form C
Solid-State Relay 0.5 A, form A
FA
Universal process
None
FC
Universal process
Switched dc (cannot use variable time base)
FJ
Universal process
Mechanical relay 5 A, form A (cannot use variable time base)
FK
Universal process
Solid-State Relay 0.5 A, form A (cannot use variable time base)
AK
None
Solid-State Relay 0.5 A, form A
KH
Solid-State Relay 0.5 A, form A NO-ARC 15 A power control
KK
Solid-State Relay 0.5 A, form A Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A
- Options CH, EH and KH are not available with PM3 (1/32 DIN)
Communications Options
A
None
1
EIA 485 Modbus RTU®
- Standard Bus EIA-485 always included - all models
Future Options
AAA
None
Isolated Input Option
A
D
None
Isolated Input 1
Custom Options
AA
12
AB
AC
AG
XX
Standard EZ-ZONE face plate
Class 1, Div. 2 (Not available with mechanical relay output types E, H, J)
EZ-ZONE logo and no Watlow name
No logo and no Watlow name
Conformal coating
Custom firmware, overlays, parameter settings
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
166
•
Appendix
Declaration of Conformity
Series EZ-ZONE® PM
WATLOW Electric Manufacturing Company
ISO 9001since 1996.
1241 Bundy Blvd.
Winona, MN 55987 USA
Declares that the following product:
®
Series EZ-ZONE PM (Panel Mount)
Designation:
Model Numbers:
PM (3, 6, 8, 9 or 4)(Any Letter or number) – (1, 2, 3 or 4)(A, C, E, F or
K) (A, C, H, J or K)(Any letter or number) – (Any letter or number)(A, C,
E, F or K)(A, C, H, J or K) (Any three letters or numbers)
Classification:
Temperature control, Installation Category II, Pollution degree 2, IP65
Rated Voltage and Frequency: 100 to 240 V~ (ac 50/60 Hz) or 15 to 36 Vdc/ 24 V~ac 50/60 Hz
Rated Power Consumption:
10 VA maximum PM3, PM6 Models.
14 VA maximum PM8, PM9, PM4 Models
Meets the essential requirements of the following European Union Directives by using the relevant
standards show below to indicate compliance.
2004/108/EC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
EN 61326-1
2013
EN 61000-4-2
EN 61000-4-3
EN 61000-4-4
EN 61000-4-5
EN 61000-4-6
EN 61000-4-11
EN 61000-3-2
1
EN 61000-3-3
SEMI F47
2009
2010
2012
2006
2014
2004
2009
2013
2000
Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use
– EMC requirements (Industrial Immunity, Class B Emissions).
Electrostatic Discharge Immunity
Radiated Field Immunity 10V/M 80–1000 MHz, 3 V/M 1.4–2.7 GHz
Electrical Fast-Transient / Burst Immunity
Surge Immunity (Also compliant with IEC 61000-4-5 2014)
Conducted Immunity
Voltage Dips, Short Interruptions and Voltage Variations Immunity
Harmonic Current Emissions (Also compliant with IEC 61000-3-2 2014)
Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker
Specification for Semiconductor Sag Immunity Figure R1-1
1
For mechanical relay loads, cycle time may need to be extended up to 160 seconds to meet flicker
requirements depending on load switched and source impedance.
EN 61010-1
2006/95/EC Low-Voltage Directive
20112
Safety Requirements of electrical equipment for measurement,
control and laboratory use. Part 1: General requirements
2
Compliance with 3rd Edition requirements with use of external surge suppressor installed on 230 Vac~ power line units.
Recommend minimum 1000 V peak to maximum 2000 V peak, 70 joules or better part be used.
Compliant with 2011/65/EU RoHS2 Directive
Per 2012/19/EU W.E.E.E Directive
Please Recycle Properly.
Joe Millanes
Name of Authorized Representative
Winona, Minnesota, USA
Place of Issue
Director of Operations
Title of Authorized Representative
September 2014
Date of Issue
Signature of Authorized Representative
CE DOC EZ-ZONE PM-09-14
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
167
•
Appendix
How to Reach Us
Corporate Headquarters
Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company
12001 Lackland Road
St. Louis, MO 63146
Sales: 1-800-WATLOW2
Manufacturing Support:
1-800-4WATLOW
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.com
From outside the USA and Canada:
Tel: +1 (314) 878-4600
Fax: +1 (314) 878-6814
Latin America
Watlow de México S.A. de C.V.
Av. Fundición No. 5
Col. Parques Industriales
Querétaro, Qro. CP-76130
Mexico
Tel: +52 442 217-6235
Fax: +52 442 217-6403
Europe
Watlow France
Tour d'Asnières.
4 Avenue Laurent Cély
92600 Asnières sur Seine
France
Tél: + 33 (0)1 41 32 79 70
Télécopie: + 33(0)1 47 33 36 57
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.fr
Watlow GmbH
Postfach 11 65, Lauchwasenstr. 1
D-76709 Kronau
Germany
Tel: +49 (0) 7253 9400-0
Fax: +49 (0) 7253 9400-900
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.de
Watlow Italy S.r.l.
Viale Italia 52/54
20094 Corsico MI
Italy
Tel: +39 024588841
Fax: +39 0245869954
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.it
Watlow Ibérica, S.L.U.
C/Marte 12, Posterior, Local 9
E-28850 Torrejón de Ardoz
Madrid - Spain
T. +34 91 675 12 92
F. +34 91 648 73 80
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.es
Watlow UK Ltd.
Linby Industrial Estate
Linby, Nottingham, NG15 8AA
United Kingdom
Telephone: (0) 115 964 0777
Fax: (0) 115 964 0071
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.co.uk
From outside The United Kingdom:
Tel: +44 115 964 0777
Fax: +44 115 964 0071
Asia and Pacific
Watlow Singapore Pte Ltd.
16 Ayer Rajah Crescent,
#06-03/04,
Singapore 139965
Tel: +65 6773 9488
Fax: +65 6778 0323
Email: [email protected]: www.watlow.com.sg
Watlow Korea Co., Ltd.
#1406, E&C Dream Tower, 46, Yangpyeongdong-3ga
Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul 150-103
Republic of Korea
Tel: +82 (2) 2628-5770 Fax: +82 (2) 2628-5771
Website: www.watlow.co.kr
Watlow Australia Pty., Ltd.
4/57 Sharps Road
Tullamarine, VIC 3043
Australia
Tel: +61 3 9335 6449
Fax: +61 3 9330 3566
Website: www.watlow.com
Watlow Malaysia Sdn Bhd
1F-17, IOI Business Park
No.1, Persiaran Puchong Jaya Selatan
Bandar Puchong Jaya
47100 Puchong, Selangor D.E.
Malaysia
Tel: +60 3 8076 8745Fax: +60 3 8076 7186
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.com
Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.
Room 501, Building 10, KIC Plaza
290 Songhu Road, Yangpu District
Shanghai, China 200433
China
Phone:
Local: 4006 Watlow (4006 928569)
International: +86 21 3381 0188
Fax: +86 21 6106 1423
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.cn
瓦特龍電機股份有限公司
80143 高雄市前金區七賢二路189號 10樓之一
電話: 07-2885168
傳真: 07-2885568
Watlow Electric Taiwan Corporation
10F-1 No.189 Chi-Shen 2nd Road Kaohsiung 80143
Taiwan
Authorized
Watlow Distributor
Tel: Your
+886-7-2885168Fax:
+886-7-2885568
ワトロー・ジャパン株式会社
〒101-0047 東京都千代田区内神田1-14-4
四国ビル別館9階
Tel: 03-3518-6630
Fax: 03-3518-6632
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.watlow.co.jp
Watlow Japan Ltd.
1-14-4 Uchikanda, Chiyoda-Ku
Tokyo 101-0047
Japan
Tel: +81-3-3518-6630Fax: +81-3-3518-6632
Email: [email protected]: www.watlow.co.jp
TOTAL
CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION
3 Year Warranty
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM PID Controller
•
168
•
Appendix
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement